diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index fa06325cc..87cb63d90 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Set page parameters", "headername": "Page formatting"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Show/hide nonprinting characters" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "name": "Insert section breaks" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Insert headers and footers"}, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Insert headers and footers" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", "name": "Insert date and time"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Insert page numbers"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "name": "Insert footnotes" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "name": "Add bookmarks" }, @@ -46,7 +47,8 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "name": "Insert content controls" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Create table of contents" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Use mail merge", "headername": "Mail Merge"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Use Math AutoCorrect" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Collaborative document editing", "headername": "Document co-editing"}, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "name": "Document Review" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Compare documents"}, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 4eb3a18d1..f91959e39 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -13,13 +13,13 @@
-

About Document Editor

-

Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through +

About the Document Editor

+

The Document Editor is an online application that allows you to view through and edit documents directly in your browser.

-

Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, +

Using the Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive - as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML files.

-

To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window.

+ of your computer as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML files.

+

To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window.

\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 28f7267c1..5491f2729 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -13,22 +13,23 @@
-

Advanced Settings of Document Editor

-

Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

+

Advanced Settings of the Document Editor

+

The Document Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

The advanced settings are:

To save the changes you made, click the Apply button.

diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 39c5bcb4b..4229ad2fd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

Collaborative Document Editing

-

Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes:

+

The Document Editor allows you to collaboratively work on a document with other users. This feature includes:

Connecting to the online version

@@ -28,34 +28,34 @@

Co-editing

-

Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes:

+

The Document Editor allows you to select one of the two available co-editing modes:

-

The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

+

The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the required mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

Co-editing Mode menu

Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available.

-

When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text.

-

The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

+

When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text.

+

The number of users who are working on the current document is displayed on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon. It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar.

As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the Save icon icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed.

-

You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last real-time collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted.

+

You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last real-time collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted.

Chat

-

You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc.

-

The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them.

+

You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to distribute tasks and paragraphs to be edited by the collaborators, etc.

+

The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content, it is better to use comments which are stored until they are deleted.

To access the chat and leave a message for other users,

    -
  1. click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar, or
    +
  2. click the Chat icon icon on the left sidebar, or
    switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat icon Chat button,
  3. enter your text into the corresponding field below,
  4. press the Send button.

All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - Chat icon.

-

To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button at the top toolbar once again.

+

To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon on the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button at the top toolbar once again.

Comments

It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version.

@@ -64,28 +64,28 @@
  • select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem,
  • switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment icon Comment button, or
    - use the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
    + use the Comments icon icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
    right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu,
    • -
  • enter the needed text,
    • +
  • enter the required text,
  • click the Add Comment/Add button.
    • -

    The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button.

    +

    The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply in the entry field and press the Reply button.

    If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar.

    The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon icon.

    -

    You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left:

    +

    You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left:

    Adding mentions

    -

    When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk.

    +

    When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk.

    To add a mention enter the "+" or "@" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK.

    The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification.

    To remove comments,

      -
    1. click the Remove comment icon Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. click the Remove comment icon Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
    3. select the necessary option from the menu:
    -

    To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar once again.

    +

    To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon icon on the left sidebar once again.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm index 0b7c7ab6b..857497b92 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm @@ -15,33 +15,33 @@

    Compare documents

    Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5.

    -

    If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows to display the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once.

    +

    If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once.

    After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file.

    If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged.

    Choose a document for comparison

    To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison:

      -
    1. switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Compare button Compare button,
      2. +
    2. switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Compare button Compare button,
    3. select one of the following options to load the document:

    When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes.

    Choose the changes display mode

    -

    Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

    +

    Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

    Accept or reject changes

    -

    Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes.

    -

    To accept the currently selected change you can:

    +

    Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes.

    +

    To accept the currently selected change, you can:

    To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option.

    To reject the current change you can:

    To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option.

    Additional info on the comparison feature

    -
    Method of the comparison
    +
    Method of comparison

    Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character.

    The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'.

    Compare documents - method

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index baa6f8176..52b32ca02 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F - Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings. + Open the File panel panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access the Document Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4,
    ⌘ Cmd+G,
    ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 - Repeat the Find action which has been performed before the key combination press. + Repeat the previous Find performed before the key combination was pressed. Open 'Comments' panel @@ -70,49 +70,55 @@ Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S,
    ⌘ Cmd+S - Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. + Save all the changes to the document currently edited with The Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P,
    ⌘ Cmd+P - Print the document with one of the available printers or save it to a file. + Print the document with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S,
    ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S - Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. + Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 - Switch to the full screen view to fit Document Editor into your screen. + Switch to the full screen view to fit the Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 - Open Document Editor Help menu. + Open the Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O - On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. + On the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W,
    Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W,
    ⌘ Cmd+W - Close the current document window in Desktop Editors. + Close the current document window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. + + + Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter + Ctrl+0 + ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 + Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current document to a default 100%. Navigation @@ -276,7 +282,7 @@ Create nonbreaking hyphen - Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen + Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. @@ -416,25 +422,25 @@ Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B,
    ⌘ Cmd+B - Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. + Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I,
    ⌘ Cmd+I - Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. + Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U,
    ⌘ Cmd+U - Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. + Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5,
    ⌘ Cmd+5 - Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. + Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript @@ -658,6 +664,24 @@ Alt+= Insert a formula at the current cursor position. + + + Insert an em dash + Alt+Ctrl+Num- + + Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. + + + Insert a non-breaking hyphen + Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ + ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen + Insert a non-breaking hyphen ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. + + + Insert a no-break space + Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar + ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar + Insert a no-break space ‘o’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index f8d603c2e..41e6ee35b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    View Settings and Navigation Tools

    -

    Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc.

    +

    The Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc.

    Adjust the View Settings

    To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: @@ -28,8 +28,10 @@

  • Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to align text, graphics, tables, and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again.

    • The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again.

    -

    When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: - move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left.

    +

    + When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the width of the left sidebar is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: + move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the width of the sidebar. To restore its original width, move the border to the left. +

    Use the Navigation Tools

    To navigate through your document, use the following tools:

    The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index 193dc9fcf..f6e3c5129 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

    Document Review

    -

    When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature.

    -

    If you are the reviewer, then you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, and do other things to the document without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent the document to you.

    -

    If you are the person who sends the file for the review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them.

    +

    When somebody shares a file with you using the review permissions, you need to apply the document Review feature.

    +

    As a reviewer, you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, etc. without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent you the document.

    +

    If you send the file for review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them.

    Enable the Track Changes feature

    To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways:

    Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights.

    View changes

    @@ -31,29 +31,29 @@

    Click the double-crossed text in the original position and use the Follow Move button arrow in the change pop-up window to go to the new location of the text.

    Click the double-underlined text in the new position and use the Follow Move button arrow in the change pop-up window to go to to the original location of the text.

    Choose the changes display mode

    -

    Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

    +

    Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

    Accept or reject changes

    -

    Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes.

    +

    Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes.

    To accept the currently selected change you can:

    To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option.

    To reject the current change you can:

    To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option.

    -

    Note: if you review the document the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the Delete change button icon within the change balloon.

    +

    Note: if you review the document, the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the Delete change button icon within the change balloon.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 60f27953b..031a3912c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -14,16 +14,16 @@

    Search and Replace Function

    -

    To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, - click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

    +

    To search for the required characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, + click the Search icon icon situated on the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

    The Find and Replace window will open:

    Find and Replace Window

    1. Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field.
    2. Specify search parameters by clicking the Search options icon icon and checking the necessary options:
    3. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

    The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered.

    -

    To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change:

    +

    To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change:

    Find and Replace Window

    1. Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field.
      2. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index db7f80f86..adb6e6c5a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -14,16 +14,16 @@

      Spell-checking

      -

      Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors.

      -

      First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon Set Document Language icon at the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document.

      +

      The Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors.

      +

      First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon Set Document Language icon on the status bar. In the opened window, select the required language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document.

      Set Document Language window

      -

      To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the Spell-checking - Text Language selector menu at the status bar.

      +

      To choose a different language for any piece within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the Spell-checking - Text Language selector menu on the status bar.

      To enable the spell checking option, you can:

      -

      Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line.

      +

      all misspelled words will be underlined by a red line.

      Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and:

    -

    Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly.

    +

    Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs in the document formatted with this style will change their appearance correspondingly.

    To create a completely new style:

    1. Format a text passage as you need.
      2. @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
    2. or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option.
      3. -
    3. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: -

      Create New Style window

      - +
    4. Set the new style parameters in the opened Create New Style window: +

      Create New Style window

      +

    The created style will be added to the style gallery.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 8dd444ab3..bf37d125e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -18,22 +18,24 @@

    To add an autoshape to your document,

    1. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      2. -
    2. click the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. click the Shape icon Shape icon on the top toolbar,
    4. select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines,
    5. click the necessary autoshape within the selected group,
      6. -
    6. place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put,
      7. -
    7. once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. -

      Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it).

      +
    8. place the mouse cursor where the shape should be added,
      9. +
    9. once the autoshape is added, you can change its size, position and properties. +

      Note: to add a caption to an autoshape, make sure the required shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The added text becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it).

    It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article.

    Move and resize autoshapes

    -

    Reshaping autoshapeTo change the autoshape size, drag small squares Square icon situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. +

    Reshaping autoshapeTo change the autoshape size, drag small squares Square icon situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

    When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped Yellow diamond icon icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow.

    -

    To alter the autoshape position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. - When you move the autoshape, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). - To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. - To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging.

    +

    + To alter the autoshape position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the required position without releasing the mouse button. + When you move the autoshape, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is not inline). + To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. + To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. +

    To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

    Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. @@ -42,9 +44,9 @@

    Adjust autoshape settings

    To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    -

    If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right).

    +

    If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right).

    Chart - Advanced Settings: Position

    -

    The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style:

    +

    The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style:

    Chart - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart.

    +

    The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm index f4d6acceb..bb55fe798 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@

    Insert content controls

    -

    Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted etc.

    -

    Note: the possibility to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them.

    +

    Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted, etc.

    +

    Note: the feature to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them.

    Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box.

    Adding content controls

    Create a new Plain Text content control
      -
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added,
      or select a text passage you want to become the control contents.
      2. +
    2. position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added,
      or select a text passage to transform it into a content control.
    3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
    4. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
    5. choose the Plain Text option from the menu.
    -

    The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Replace the default text within the control ("Your text here") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc.

    +

    The content control will be inserted at the insertion point within existing text line. Replace the default text within the content control ("Your text here") with your own text: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. The Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables, etc.

    New plain text content control

    Create a new Rich Text content control
      -
    1. position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added,
      or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents.
      2. +
    2. position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added,
      or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents.
    3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
    4. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
    5. choose the Rich Text option from the menu.
      6. @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@
    6. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
    7. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
    8. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      9. -
    9. choose the Picture option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point.
      10. +
    10. choose the Picture option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point.
    11. click the Insert image icon image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open.

    The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the Insert image icon image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image.

    New picture content control

    Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control
    -

    The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created in nearly the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced with your own one.

    +

    The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created amost in the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced.

    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
    4. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point.
    5. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
      6. -
    6. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. +
    7. in the the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type.

      Combo box settings window

    8. - to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the window that opens: + to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the the opened window:

      Combo box - adding value

      1. specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document.
        2. @@ -79,17 +79,17 @@
      2. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window.

      New combo box content control

      -

      You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text replacing it with your own one entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow to edit the selected item.

      +

      You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text by replacing it with your text entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow editing the selected item.

      Combo box content control

      Create a new Date content control
        -
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
        2. +
      2. position the insertion point within the text where content control should be added.
      3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      4. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
        5. -
      5. choose the Date option from the menu - the control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point.
        6. -
      6. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
        7. +
      7. choose the Date option from the menu - the content control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point.
        8. +
      8. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
      9. - in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Date format tab. + in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Date format tab.

        Date settings window

      10. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list.
        11. @@ -100,16 +100,16 @@

        Date content control

        Create a new Check box content control
          -
        1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
          2. +
        2. position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added.
        3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
        4. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
          5. -
        5. choose the Check box option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point.
          6. -
        6. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
          7. +
        7. choose the Check box option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point.
          8. +
        8. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
        9. - in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Check box tab. + in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Check box tab.

          Check box settings window

          10. -
        10. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
          11. +
        11. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article.
        12. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window.

        The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode.

        @@ -117,49 +117,49 @@

        If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list.

        Check box content control

        -

        Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version.

        +

        Note: The content control border is only visible when the control is selected. The borders do not appear on a printed version.

        Moving content controls

        -

        Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text.

        +

        Content controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text.

        Moving content control

        You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations.

        Editing plain text and rich text content controls

        -

        Text within the plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops.

        +

        Text within plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted by using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops, etc.

        Changing content control settings

        No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window.

        To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways:

          -
        • Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu.
          • +
        • Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu.
        • Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
        -

        A new window will open. At the General tab, you can adjust the following settings:

        +

        A new window will open. Ot the General tab, you can adjust the following settings:

        Content Control settings window - General

          -
        • Specify the content control Title or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected in the document. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make reference to them in your code.
          • -
        • Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose this box Color using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document.
          • +
        • Specify the content control Title, Placeholder, or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected. The placeholder is the main text displayed within the content control element. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make a reference to them in your code.
          • +
        • Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose the Color of this box using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document.
        -

        At the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings:

        +

        On the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings:

        Content Control settings window - Locking

        • Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted.
        • Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited.
        -

        For certain types of content controls, the third tab is also available that contains the settings specific for the selected content control type only: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls.

        +

        For certain types of content controls, the third tab that contains the specific settings for the selected content control type is also available: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls.

        Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes.

        It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color:

          -
        1. Click the button to the left of the control border to select the control,
          2. -
        2. Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon at the top toolbar,
          3. +
        3. Click the button on the left of the control border to select the control,
          4. +
        4. Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon on the top toolbar,
        5. Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu,
          6. -
        6. Select the necessary color on the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option.
          7. +
        7. Choose the required color from the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option.

        The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document.

        Removing content controls

        -

        To remove a control and leave all its contents, click the content control to select it, then proceed in one of the following ways:

        +

        To remove a content control and leave all its contents, select a content control, then proceed in one of the following ways:

          -
        • Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu.
          • +
        • Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu.
        • Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu.

        To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77a6e0e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + Insert date and time + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Insert date and time

        +

        To isnert Date and time into your document,

        +
          +
        1. put the cursor where you want to insert Date and time,
          2. +
        2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          3. +
        3. click the Date & time Date and time icon icon on the top toolbar,
          4. +
        4. + in the Date & time window that will appear, specify the following parameters: +
            +
          • Select the required language.
            • +
          • Select one of the suggested formats.
            • +
          • + Check the Update automatically checkbox to let the date & time update automatically based on the current state. +

            + Note: you can also update the date and time manually by using the Refresh field option from the contextual menu. +

            +
            • +
          • Click the Set as default button to make the current format the default for this language.
            • +
          +
          5. +
        5. Click the OK button.
          6. +
        +

        Date and time window

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index c113e67bc..2188c0b0e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

        Insert a drop cap

        -

        A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height.

        +

        A drop cap is a large capital letter used at the beginning of a paragraph or section. The size of a drop cap is usually several lines.

        To add a drop cap,

          -
        1. put the cursor within the paragraph you need,
          2. +
        2. place the cursor within the required paragraph,
        3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          4. -
        4. click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the top toolbar,
          5. +
        5. click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon on the top toolbar,
        6. in the opened drop-down list select the option you need:
          • In Text Insert Drop Cap - In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph.
            • @@ -28,40 +28,40 @@

        Drop Cap exampleThe first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need.

        -

        To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

        +

        To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar.

        When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame.

        -

        To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None Insert Drop Cap - None option from the drop-down list.

        +

        To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None Insert Drop Cap - None option from the drop-down list.

        -

        To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will open:

        +

        To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will appear:

        Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Drop Cap tab allows to set the following parameters:

        +

        The Drop Cap tab allows adjusting the following parameters:

          -
        • Position - is used to change the drop cap placement. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap.
          • -
        • Font - is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones.
          • -
        • Height in rows - is used to specify how many lines the drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10.
          • -
        • Distance from text - is used to specify the amount of space between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the frame that surrounds the drop cap.
          • +
        • Position is used to change the placement of a drop cap. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap.
          • +
        • Font is used to select a font from the list of the available fonts.
          • +
        • Height in rows is used to define how many lines a drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10.
          • +
        • Distance from text is used to specify the amount of spacing between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the drop cap frame.

        Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Borders & Fill tab allows to add a border around the drop cap and adjust its parameters. They are the following:

        +

        The Borders & Fill tab allows adding a border around a drop cap and adjusting its parameters. They are the following:

        • Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to.
        • Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background.

        Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Margins tab allows to set the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added).

        +

        The Margins tab allows setting the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added).

        Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open:

        Frame - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Frame tab allows to set the following parameters:

        +

        The Frame tab allows adjusting the following parameters:

          -
        • Position - is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. Or you can click None to delete the frame.
          • -
        • Width and Height - are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows to automatically adjust the frame size to fit the drop cap in it. The Exactly option allows to specify fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value).
          • -
        • Horizontal parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph.
          • -
        • Vertical parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph.
          • -
        • Move with text - controls whether the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored moves.
          • +
        • Position is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. You can also click None to delete the frame.
          • +
        • Width and Height are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows automatically adjusting the frame size to fit the drop cap. The Exactly option allows specifying fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value).
          • +
        • Horizontal parameters are used either to set the exact position of the frame in the selected units of measurement with respect to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) with respect to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph.
          • +
        • Vertical parameters are used either to set the exact position of the frame is the selected units of measurement with respect to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) with respect to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph.
          • +
        • Move with text is used to make sure that the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored.
        -

        The Borders & Fill and Margins tabs allow to set just the same parameters as at the tabs of the same name in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window.

        +

        The Borders & Fill and Margins allow adjusting the same parameters as the corresponding tabs in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 0b408110c..9b1b355ad 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -14,29 +14,29 @@

        Insert equations

        -

        Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.).

        +

        The Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents, etc.).

        Add a new equation

        To insert an equation from the gallery,

        1. put the cursor within the necessary line ,
        2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          3. -
        3. click the arrow next to the Equation icon Equation icon at the top toolbar,
          4. +
        4. click the arrow next to the Equation icon Equation icon on the top toolbar,
        5. in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices,
        6. click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates.
        -

        The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation left or right, click on the equation box and use the Align Left icon or Align Right icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

        +

        The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation to the left or to the right, click on the equation box and use the Align Left icon or Align Right icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar.

        Inserted Equation -

        Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline Equation Placeholder. You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values.

        +

        Each equation template represents a set of slots. A slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline Equation Placeholder. You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values.

        Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut.

        -

        It's also possible to add a caption to the equation. To learn more on how to work with captions for equations, you can refer to this article.

        +

        It's also possible to add a caption to the equation. To learn more on how to work with captions for equations, please refer to this article.

        Enter values

        -

        The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down.

        +

        The insertion point specifies where the next character will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within the placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down.

        If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter.

        Edited Equation

        Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder:

        • enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard,
          • -
        • insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation icon Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          • +
        • insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation icon Equation menu on the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description),
        • add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size.

        @@ -49,18 +49,18 @@

        Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \sqrt(4&x^3).

        When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically.

        -

        If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option.

        +

        If the equation is too long and does not fit a single line, automatic line breaking occurs while typing. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option.

        Format equations

        -

        To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the Increment font size and Decrement font size buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly.

        -

        The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants.

        +

        To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the Increment font size and Decrement font size buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly.

        +

        The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging it. The selected part will be highlighted in blue. Then use the necessary buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selected part. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants.

        Edited Equation -

        To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

        +

        To modify some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options:

        • To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type).
        • To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu.
        • To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu.
        • To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu.
        • To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu.
          • -
        • To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign.
          • +
        • To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed on the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign.
        • To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu.
        • To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu.
        • To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option.
          • @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@
        • To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right.

        Delete equation elements

        -

        To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard.

        +

        To delete a part of the equation, select it by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard.

        A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to.

        To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

        Delete Equation -

        To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

        +

        To delete some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options:

        • To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu.
        • To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available.
          • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index c41ae5ef0..7871eb8f1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

          Insert footnotes

          -

          You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc.

          +

          You can insert footnotes to add explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources, etc.

          To insert a footnote into your document,

            -
          1. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to,
            2. +
          2. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add the footnote to,
          3. switch to the References tab of the top toolbar,
            4. -
          4. click the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or
            +
          5. click the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the top toolbar, or
            click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, -

            The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page.

            +

            The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page.

          6. type in the footnote text.
          @@ -29,17 +29,17 @@

          Footnotes

          If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears.

          Footnote text

          -

          To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text,

          +

          To easily navigate through the added footnotes in the text of the document,

            -
          1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
            2. +
          2. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar,
          3. in the Go to Footnotes section, use the Previous footnote icon arrow to go to the previous footnote or the Next footnote icon arrow to go to the next footnote.

          To edit the footnotes settings,

            -
          1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
            2. +
          2. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar,
          3. select the Notes Settings option from the menu,
            4. -
          4. change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens: +
          5. change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear:

            Footnotes Settings window

            • Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: @@ -55,26 +55,26 @@
            • Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes:
              • Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document,
                • -
              • Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each section,
                • -
              • Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each page.
                • +
              • Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section,
                • +
              • Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page.
            • Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window.
            6. -
          6. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list to select if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. -

            Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first.

            +
          7. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. +

            Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first.

        -
      11. When ready, click the Apply button.
        12. +
      12. When you finish, click the Apply button.
      -

      To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically.

      +

      To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically.

      To delete all the footnotes in the document,

        -
      1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
        2. +
      2. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar,
      3. select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index 3ce7b066c..7adaf8bab 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -14,28 +14,28 @@

      Insert headers and footers

      -

      To add a header or footer to your document or edit the existing one,

      +

      To add a new header or footer to your document or edit one that already exists,

      1. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        2. -
      2. click the Header/Footer icon Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. click the Header/Footer icon Header/Footer icon on the top toolbar,
      4. select one of the following options:
        • Edit Header to insert or edit the header text.
        • Edit Footer to insert or edit the footer text.
        5. -
      5. change the current parameters for headers or footers at the right sidebar: -

        Right Sidebar - Header and Footer Settings

        -
          -
        • Set the Position of text relative to the top (for headers) or bottom (for footers) of the page.
          • -
        • Check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all.
          • -
        • Use the Different odd and even pages box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages.
          • -
        • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that the same headers/footers are applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different headers/footers for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed.
          • -
        +
      6. change the current parameters for headers or footers on the right sidebar: +

        Right Sidebar - Header and Footer Settings

        +
          +
        • Set the Position of the text: to the top for headers or to the bottom for footers.
          • +
        • Check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all.
          • +
        • Use the Different odd and even pages box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages.
          • +
        • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that the same headers/footers are applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different headers/footers for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed.
          • +

        Same as previous label

      -

      To enter a text or edit the already entered text and adjust the header or footer settings, you can also double-click within the upper or lower part of a page or click with the right mouse button there and select the only menu option - Edit Header or Edit Footer.

      +

      To enter a text or edit the already entered text and adjust the header or footer settings, you can also double-click anywhere on the top or bottom margin of your document or click with the right mouse button there and select the only menu option - Edit Header or Edit Footer.

      To switch to the document body, double-click within the working area. The text you use as a header or footer will be displayed in gray.

      Note: please refer to the Insert page numbers section to learn how to add page numbers to your document.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index dd13fd09a..ea862dfae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -14,27 +14,27 @@

      Insert images

      -

      In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      +

      In the Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      Insert an image

      To insert an image into the document text,

      1. place the cursor where you want the image to be put,
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. -
      3. click the Image icon Image icon at the top toolbar,
        4. +
      4. click the Image icon Image icon on the top toolbar,
      5. select one of the following options to load the image:
          -
        • the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button
          • -
        • the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button
          • +
        • the Image from File option will open a standard dialog window for to select a file. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button
          • +
        • the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the web address of the requiredimage, and click the OK button
        • the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button
        6. -
      6. once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position.
        7. +
      7. once the image is added, you can change its size, properties, and position.

      It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article.

      Move and resize images

      Moving imageTo change the image size, drag small squares Square icon situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

      To alter the image position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button.

      -

      When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected).

      +

      When you move the image, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is different from the inline).

      To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

      Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. @@ -43,20 +43,20 @@

      Adjust image settings

      Image Settings tabSome of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

      -

      Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

      +

      You can also find some of these options in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

      -

      Shape Settings tab When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

      -

      At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image.

      +

      Shape Settings tab When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

      +

      On the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image.

      Adjust image advanced settings

      -

      To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open:

      +

      To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The image properties window will open:

      Image - Advanced Settings: Size

      The Size tab contains the following parameters:

      Image - Advanced Settings: Rotation

      The Rotation tab contains the following parameters:

      @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types:
      9. @@ -130,15 +130,15 @@ The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: -
    9. Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves.
      10. -
    10. Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page.
      11. +
    11. Move object with text ensures that the image moves along with the text to which it is anchored.
      12. +
    12. Allow overlap makes is possible for two images to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page.

      13. Image - Advanced Settings

      -

      The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image.

      +

      The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the image contains.

      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index 9200aa93e..57283cd96 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@

      To insert page numbers into your document,

      1. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        2. -
      2. click the Header/Footer Header/Footer icon icon at the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. click the Header/Footer Header/Footer icon icon on the top toolbar,
      4. choose the Insert Page Number submenu,
      5. select one of the following options:
          -
        • To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page.
          • +
        • To add a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page.
        • To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option.

          Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@

          To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry):

          1. put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages,
            2. -
          2. click the Header/Footer Header/Footer icon icon at the top toolbar,
            3. +
          3. click the Header/Footer Header/Footer icon icon on the top toolbar,
          4. select the Insert number of pages option.

          To edit the page number settings,

          1. double-click the page number added,
            2. -
          2. change the current parameters at the right sidebar: +
          3. change the current parameters on the right sidebar:

            Right Sidebar - Header and Footer Settings

              -
            • Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page.
              • +
            • Set the Position of page numbers on the page accordingly to the top and bottom of the page.
            • Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all.
            • Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages.
            • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. @@ -51,9 +51,10 @@ By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed.

              Same as previous label

              • -
            • The Page Numbering section allows to adjust page numbering options across different sections of the document. - The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and allows to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. - If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the necessary starting value in the field on the right.
              • +
            • The Page Numbering section allows adjusting page numbering options throughout different sections of the document. + The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and makes it possible to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. + If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the required starting value in the field on the right. +
          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index 82ee6b96e..0c11ae511 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,32 +14,34 @@

          Insert symbols and characters

          -

          During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Symbol table iconInsert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

          +

          To insert a special symbol which can not be typed on the keybord, use the Symbol table icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

            -
          • place the cursor at the location where a special symbol has to be inserted,
            • +
          • place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted,
          • switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          • - click the Symbol table iconSymbol, + click the Symbol table icon Symbol,

            Insert symbol sidebar

            • -
          • The Symbol dialog box appears from which you can select the appropriate symbol,
            • +
          • The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol,

          • use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character.

            -

            If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters other than the standard set.

            -

            Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map.

            -

            Previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field,

            +

            If the required character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters which differ from the standard set.

            +

            Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map.

            +

            You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list.

            +

            Insert symbol sidebar

            +

            The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field,

          • click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document.

          Insert ASCII symbols

          -

          ASCII table is also used to add characters.

          -

          To do this, hold down ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code.

          +

          The ASCII table is also used to add characters.

          +

          To do this, hold down the ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code.

          Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key.

          -

          For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release ALT key.

          +

          For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release the ALT key.

          -

          Insert symbols using Unicode table

          -

          Additional charachters and symbols might also be found via Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following:

          +

          Insert symbols using the Unicode table

          +

          Additional charachters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do of the following:

          • in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it,
          • @@ -47,7 +49,7 @@

            Insert symbol windpow

          -

          In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the nesessary characters, copy them to clipboard and paste in the right place of the document.

          +

          In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the required characters, copy them to the clipboard and paste where necessary.

          \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index bb9f6c350..00c5c6569 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@

          Insert a table

          To insert a table into the document text,

            -
          1. place the cursor where you want the table to be put,
            2. +
          2. place the cursor where the table should be added,
          3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
            4. -
          4. click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar,
            5. +
          5. click the Table icon Table icon on the top toolbar,
          6. select the option to create a table:

            • either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum)

              @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

              To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow Select cell, then left-click.

              To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow Select row, then left-click.

              To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow Select column, then left-click.

              -

              It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar.

              +

              It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section on the right sidebar.

              Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts.

              @@ -52,20 +52,20 @@

              Adjust table settings

              Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are:

                -
              • Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position.
                • +
              • Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position.
              • Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table.
              • Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. -

                It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window opens. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK.

                +

                It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window will appear. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK.

              • Delete is used to delete a row, column, table or cells. If you select the Cells option, the Delete Cells window will open, where you can select if you want to Shift cells left, Delete entire row, or Delete entire column.
              • Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them.

                - It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser Mouse Cursor when erasing borders. Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it. + It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon Table icon on the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser Mouse Cursor when erasing borders. Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it.

              • Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in.

                - It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil Mouse Cursor when drawing a table. Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column. + It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon Table icon on the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil Mouse Cursor when drawing a table. Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column.

              • Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height.
                • @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

              Right Sidebar - Table Settings

              -

              You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar:

              +

              You can also change the table properties on the right sidebar:

              • Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted.

                For rows:

                @@ -104,45 +104,45 @@

              Adjust table advanced settings

              -

              To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open:

              +

              To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The table properties window will open:

              Table - Advanced Settings

              -

              The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table.

              +

              The Table tab allows changing the properties of the entire table.

              • The Table Size section contains the following parameters:
                • Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually.
                  • -
                • Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. +
                • Measure in allows specifying the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width.

                  Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the Table - Column Width Marker markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the Table - Row Height Marker markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height.

                  • -
                • Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells.
                  • +
                • Automatically resize to fit contents - allows automatically change the width of each column in accordance with the text within its cells.
                • -
              • The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default.
                • -
              • The Options section allows to change the following parameter: -
                  -
                • Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color.
                  • -
                +
              • The Default Cell Margins section allows changing the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default.
                • +
              • The Options section allows changing the following parameter: +
                  +
                • Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color.
                  • +

              Table - Advanced Settings

              -

              The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells.

              +

              The Cell tab allows changing the properties of individual cells. First you need to select the required cell or select the entire table to change the properties of all its cells.

              • The Cell Size section contains the following parameters:
                  -
                • Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced.
                  • -
                • Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. +
                • Preferred width - allows setting the preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit, but in some cases, it may not be possible to fit this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced.
                  • +
                • Measure in - allows specifying the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width.

                  Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the Table - Column Width Marker markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width.

                • -
              • The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually.
                • +
              • The Cell Margins allows adjusting the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, the standard values are used (the default, these values can also be altered on the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually.
              • - The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: + The Cell Options section allows changing the following parameter:
                  -
                • The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged.
                  • +
                • The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows wrapping the text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged.
              @@ -152,21 +152,21 @@
            • Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells.

              - Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the No borders button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. - To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. + Note: in case you choose not to show the table borders by clicking the No borders button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated with a dotted line in the document. + To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option.

            • Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab).
              • -
            • Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab.
              • +
            • Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected on the Table tab.

            Table - Advanced Settings

            -

            The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters:

            +

            The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option on the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters:

            • Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text.
            • Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text.
              • -
            • The Options section allows to change the following parameters: +
            • The Options section allows changing the following parameters:
                -
              • Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves.
                • +
              • Move object with text ensures that the table moves with the text.
              • Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page.
              • @@ -179,12 +179,12 @@ After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables:
              • For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left.
                • -
              • For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab.
                • +
              • For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position on the Table Position tab.

            Table - Advanced Settings

            -

            The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table.

            +

            The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the table.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 125a06ce4..c3f8cb5a6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -14,36 +14,37 @@

            Insert text objects

            -

            To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects).

            +

            To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows entering text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows applying some effects to the text).

            Add a text object

            You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that:

            1. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
            2. select the necessary text object type:
                -
              • to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. -

                Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape shape from the Basic Shapes group.

                +
              • + to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon on the top toolbar, then click where the text box should be added, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. +

                Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon on the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape shape from the Basic Shapes group.

                • -
              • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
                • +
              • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon on the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
            3. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document.

            The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it).

            -

            As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties.

            +

            As the inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default), and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties.

            To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted.

            Format a text box

            -

            Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

            +

            Select the text box by clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

            Text box selected

              -
            • to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape.
              • +
            • to resize, move, rotate the text box, use the special handles on the edges of the shape.
            • to edit the text box fill, stroke, wrapping style or replace the rectangular box with a different shape, click the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options.
              • -
            • to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, rotate or flip a text box, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects you can refer to this page.
              • +
            • to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, rotate or flip a text box, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects, please refer to this page.

            Format the text within the text box

            -

            Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

            +

            Click the text within the text box to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

            Text selected

            -

            Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately.

            +

            Note: it's also possible to change the text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In thus case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to the previously selected text fragment separately.

            To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top).

            To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom.

            Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can:

            @@ -57,11 +58,11 @@

            Edit a Text Art style

            Select a text object and click the Text Art settings Text Art settings icon icon on the right sidebar.

            Text Art setting tab

            -

            Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc.

            +

            Change the applied text style by selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style by selecting a different font type, size etc.

            Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options:

            • - Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of letters with. + Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of letters.

              Color Fill

              Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like:

              • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index eecb97add..5419486e0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -14,29 +14,29 @@

              Set paragraph line spacing

              -

              In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph.

              +

              In the Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current paragraph and the previous one or the subsequent paragraphs.

              To do that,

                -
              1. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination,
                2. -
              2. use the corresponding fields at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: +
              3. place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination,
                4. +
              4. use the corresponding fields on the right sidebar to achieve the desired results:
                  -
                • Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right.
                  • -
                • Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. -
                    -
                  • Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph.
                    • -
                  • After - set the amount of space after the paragraph.
                    • -
                  • - Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - check this box in case you don't need any space between paragraphs of the same style. -

                    Right Sidebar - Paragraph Settings

                    -
                    • -
                  -
                  • +
                • Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic in the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right.
                  • +
                • Paragraph Spacing defines the amount of spacing between paragraphs. +
                    +
                  • Before defines the amount of spacing before the paragraph.
                    • +
                  • After defines the amount of spacing after the paragraph.
                    • +
                  • + Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - please check this box if you don't need any spacing between paragraphs of the same style. +

                    Right Sidebar - Paragraph Settings

                    +
                    • +
                  +
              -

              These parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar. Then switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and go to the Spacing section.

              +

              These parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar. Then switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and go to the Spacing section.

              Paragraph Advanced Settings - Indents & Spacing

              -

              To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing Paragraph line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines.

              +

              To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing Paragraph line spacing icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the required value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43326e9d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2506 @@ + + + + Use Math AutoCorrect + + + + + + + +
              +
              + +
              +

              Use Math AutoCorrect

              +

              When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

              +

              In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated.

              +

              Note: The codes are case sensitive.

              +

              The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Document Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Proofing section.

              +

              AutoCorrect window

              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
              CodeSymbolCategory
              !!Double factorialSymbols
              ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
              ::Double colonOperators
              :=Colon equalOperators
              /<Not less thanRelational operators
              />Not greater thanRelational operators
              /=Not equalRelational operators
              \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
              \acuteSymbolAccents
              \alephSymbolHebrew letters
              \alphaSymbolGreek letters
              \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
              \amalgSymbolBinary operators
              \angleSymbolGeometry notation
              \aointSymbolIntegrals
              \approxSymbolRelational operators
              \asmashSymbolArrows
              \astAsteriskBinary operators
              \asympSymbolRelational operators
              \atopSymbolOperators
              \barSymbolOver/Underbar
              \BarSymbolAccents
              \becauseSymbolRelational operators
              \beginSymbolDelimiters
              \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
              \betSymbolHebrew letters
              \betaSymbolGreek letters
              \BetaSymbolGreek letters
              \bethSymbolHebrew letters
              \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
              \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
              \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
              \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
              \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
              \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
              \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
              \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
              \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
              \binomialSymbolEquations
              \botSymbolLogic notation
              \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
              \boxSymbolSymbols
              \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
              \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
              \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
              \braSymbolDelimiters
              \breakSymbolSymbols
              \breveSymbolAccents
              \bulletSymbolBinary operators
              \capSymbolBinary operators
              \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
              \casesSymbolSymbols
              \cdotSymbolBinary operators
              \cdotsSymbolDots
              \checkSymbolAccents
              \chiSymbolGreek letters
              \ChiSymbolGreek letters
              \circSymbolBinary operators
              \closeSymbolDelimiters
              \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
              \cointSymbolIntegrals
              \congSymbolRelational operators
              \coprodSymbolMath operators
              \cupSymbolBinary operators
              \daletSymbolHebrew letters
              \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
              \dashvSymbolRelational operators
              \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \ddddotSymbolAccents
              \dddotSymbolAccents
              \ddotSymbolAccents
              \ddotsSymbolDots
              \defeqSymbolRelational operators
              \degcSymbolSymbols
              \degfSymbolSymbols
              \degreeSymbolSymbols
              \deltaSymbolGreek letters
              \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
              \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
              \diamondSymbolBinary operators
              \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
              \divSymbolBinary operators
              \dotSymbolAccents
              \doteqSymbolRelational operators
              \dotsSymbolDots
              \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \downarrowSymbolArrows
              \DownarrowSymbolArrows
              \dsmashSymbolArrows
              \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \ellSymbolSymbols
              \emptysetSymbolSet notations
              \emspSpace characters
              \endSymbolDelimiters
              \enspSpace characters
              \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
              \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
              \eqarraySymbolSymbols
              \equivSymbolRelational operators
              \etaSymbolGreek letters
              \EtaSymbolGreek letters
              \existsSymbolLogic notations
              \forallSymbolLogic notations
              \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
              \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
              \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
              \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
              \frownSymbolRelational operators
              \funcapplyBinary operators
              \GSymbolGreek letters
              \gammaSymbolGreek letters
              \GammaSymbolGreek letters
              \geSymbolRelational operators
              \geqSymbolRelational operators
              \getsSymbolArrows
              \ggSymbolRelational operators
              \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
              \graveSymbolAccents
              \hairspSpace characters
              \hatSymbolAccents
              \hbarSymbolSymbols
              \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
              \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
              \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
              \hphantomSymbolArrows
              \hsmashSymbolArrows
              \hvecSymbolAccents
              \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
              \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \iiintSymbolIntegrals
              \iintSymbolIntegrals
              \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
              \ImSymbolSymbols
              \imathSymbolSymbols
              \inSymbolRelational operators
              \incSymbolSymbols
              \inftySymbolSymbols
              \intSymbolIntegrals
              \integralSymbolIntegrals
              \iotaSymbolGreek letters
              \IotaSymbolGreek letters
              \itimesMath operators
              \jSymbolSymbols
              \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
              \jmathSymbolSymbols
              \kappaSymbolGreek letters
              \KappaSymbolGreek letters
              \ketSymbolDelimiters
              \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
              \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
              \langleSymbolDelimiters
              \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
              \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
              \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
              \lceilSymbolDelimiters
              \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
              \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
              \ldotsSymbolDots
              \leSymbolRelational operators
              \leftSymbolDelimiters
              \leftarrowSymbolArrows
              \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
              \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
              \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
              \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
              \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
              \leqSymbolRelational operators
              \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
              \lhvecSymbolAccents
              \limitSymbolLimits
              \llSymbolRelational operators
              \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
              \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
              \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
              \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
              \lrharSymbolArrows
              \lvecSymbolAccents
              \mapstoSymbolArrows
              \matrixSymbolMatrices
              \medspSpace characters
              \midSymbolRelational operators
              \middleSymbolSymbols
              \modelsSymbolRelational operators
              \mpSymbolBinary operators
              \muSymbolGreek letters
              \MuSymbolGreek letters
              \nablaSymbolSymbols
              \naryandSymbolOperators
              \nbspSpace characters
              \neSymbolRelational operators
              \nearrowSymbolArrows
              \neqSymbolRelational operators
              \niSymbolRelational operators
              \normSymbolDelimiters
              \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
              \notelementSymbolRelational operators
              \notinSymbolRelational operators
              \nuSymbolGreek letters
              \NuSymbolGreek letters
              \nwarrowSymbolArrows
              \oSymbolGreek letters
              \OSymbolGreek letters
              \odotSymbolBinary operators
              \ofSymbolOperators
              \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
              \oiintSymbolIntegrals
              \ointSymbolIntegrals
              \omegaSymbolGreek letters
              \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
              \ominusSymbolBinary operators
              \openSymbolDelimiters
              \oplusSymbolBinary operators
              \otimesSymbolBinary operators
              \overSymbolDelimiters
              \overbarSymbolAccents
              \overbraceSymbolAccents
              \overbracketSymbolAccents
              \overlineSymbolAccents
              \overparenSymbolAccents
              \overshellSymbolAccents
              \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
              \partialSymbolSymbols
              \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
              \perpSymbolGeometry notation
              \phantomSymbolSymbols
              \phiSymbolGreek letters
              \PhiSymbolGreek letters
              \piSymbolGreek letters
              \PiSymbolGreek letters
              \pmSymbolBinary operators
              \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
              \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
              \pprimeSymbolPrimes
              \precSymbolRelational operators
              \preceqSymbolRelational operators
              \primeSymbolPrimes
              \prodSymbolMath operators
              \proptoSymbolRelational operators
              \psiSymbolGreek letters
              \PsiSymbolGreek letters
              \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
              \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
              \rangleSymbolDelimiters
              \RangleSymbolDelimiters
              \ratioSymbolRelational operators
              \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
              \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
              \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
              \rceilSymbolDelimiters
              \rddotsSymbolDots
              \ReSymbolSymbols
              \rectSymbolSymbols
              \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
              \rhoSymbolGreek letters
              \RhoSymbolGreek letters
              \rhvecSymbolAccents
              \rightSymbolDelimiters
              \rightarrowSymbolArrows
              \RightarrowSymbolArrows
              \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
              \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
              \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
              \rootSymbolSymbols
              \scriptaSymbolScripts
              \scriptASymbolScripts
              \scriptbSymbolScripts
              \scriptBSymbolScripts
              \scriptcSymbolScripts
              \scriptCSymbolScripts
              \scriptdSymbolScripts
              \scriptDSymbolScripts
              \scripteSymbolScripts
              \scriptESymbolScripts
              \scriptfSymbolScripts
              \scriptFSymbolScripts
              \scriptgSymbolScripts
              \scriptGSymbolScripts
              \scripthSymbolScripts
              \scriptHSymbolScripts
              \scriptiSymbolScripts
              \scriptISymbolScripts
              \scriptkSymbolScripts
              \scriptKSymbolScripts
              \scriptlSymbolScripts
              \scriptLSymbolScripts
              \scriptmSymbolScripts
              \scriptMSymbolScripts
              \scriptnSymbolScripts
              \scriptNSymbolScripts
              \scriptoSymbolScripts
              \scriptOSymbolScripts
              \scriptpSymbolScripts
              \scriptPSymbolScripts
              \scriptqSymbolScripts
              \scriptQSymbolScripts
              \scriptrSymbolScripts
              \scriptRSymbolScripts
              \scriptsSymbolScripts
              \scriptSSymbolScripts
              \scripttSymbolScripts
              \scriptTSymbolScripts
              \scriptuSymbolScripts
              \scriptUSymbolScripts
              \scriptvSymbolScripts
              \scriptVSymbolScripts
              \scriptwSymbolScripts
              \scriptWSymbolScripts
              \scriptxSymbolScripts
              \scriptXSymbolScripts
              \scriptySymbolScripts
              \scriptYSymbolScripts
              \scriptzSymbolScripts
              \scriptZSymbolScripts
              \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
              \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
              \searrowSymbolArrows
              \setminusSymbolBinary operators
              \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
              \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
              \simSymbolRelational operators
              \simeqSymbolRelational operators
              \smashSymbolArrows
              \smileSymbolRelational operators
              \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
              \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
              \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
              \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
              \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
              \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
              \starSymbolBinary operators
              \subsetSymbolSet notation
              \subseteqSymbolSet notation
              \succSymbolRelational operators
              \succeqSymbolRelational operators
              \sumSymbolMath operators
              \supersetSymbolSet notation
              \superseteqSymbolSet notation
              \swarrowSymbolArrows
              \tauSymbolGreek letters
              \TauSymbolGreek letters
              \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
              \thetaSymbolGreek letters
              \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
              \thickspSpace characters
              \thinspSpace characters
              \tildeSymbolAccents
              \timesSymbolBinary operators
              \toSymbolArrows
              \topSymbolLogic notation
              \tvecSymbolArrows
              \ubarSymbolAccents
              \UbarSymbolAccents
              \underbarSymbolAccents
              \underbraceSymbolAccents
              \underbracketSymbolAccents
              \underlineSymbolAccents
              \underparenSymbolAccents
              \uparrowSymbolArrows
              \UparrowSymbolArrows
              \updownarrowSymbolArrows
              \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
              \uplusSymbolBinary operators
              \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
              \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
              \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
              \varphiSymbolGreek letters
              \varpiSymbolGreek letters
              \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
              \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
              \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
              \vbarSymbolDelimiters
              \vdashSymbolRelational operators
              \vdotsSymbolDots
              \vecSymbolAccents
              \veeSymbolBinary operators
              \vertSymbolDelimiters
              \VertSymbolDelimiters
              \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
              \vphantomSymbolArrows
              \vthickspSpace characters
              \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
              \wpSymbolSymbols
              \wrSymbolBinary operators
              \xiSymbolGreek letters
              \XiSymbolGreek letters
              \zetaSymbolGreek letters
              \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
              \zwnjSpace characters
              \zwspSpace characters
              ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
              -+Minus or plusBinary operators
              +-Plus or minusBinary operators
              <<SymbolRelational operators
              <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
              ->SymbolArrows
              >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
              >>SymbolRelational operators
              +
              + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index a57a3793d..4b2bf19e6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -14,64 +14,64 @@

              Show/hide nonprinting characters

              -

              Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen.

              -

              To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination.

              +

              Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting elements, but they cannot be printed with the document even if they are displayed on the screen.

              +

              To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination.

              Nonprinting characters include:

              - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
              Spaces SpaceInserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. It creates a space between characters.Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. They create a space between characters.
              Tabs TabInserted when you press the Tab key. It's used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop.Inserted when you press the Tab key. They are used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop.
              Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Hard returnInserted when you press the Enter key. It ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. It contains information about the paragraph formatting.Inserted when you press the Enter key. They ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. They also contain information about the paragraph formatting.
              Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Soft returnInserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. It breaks the current line and puts lines of text close together. Soft return is primarily used in titles and headings.Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. They break the current line and put the text lines close together. Soft return are primarily used in titles and headings.
              Nonbreaking spaces Nonbreaking spaceInserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. It creates a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line.Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. They create a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line.
              Page breaks Page breakInserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Page Break option, or select the Page break before option in the right-click menu or advanced settings window.Inserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tabs of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Page Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page).
              Section breaks Section breakInserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page).Inserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page).
              Column breaks Column breakInserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option.Inserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option.
              End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables Markers in tablesThese markers contain formatting codes for the individual cell and row, respectively.Contain formatting codes for an individual cell and a row, respectively.
              Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph Black squareIt indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before.Indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before.
              Anchor symbols Anchor symbolThey indicate the position of floating objects (those with a wrapping style other than Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible.Indicate the position of floating objects (objects whose wrapping style is different from Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible.
              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 65d48525b..3bfa8549c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@

              In the online editor

                -
              1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                2. +
              2. click the File tab on the top toolbar,
              3. select the Create New option.

              In the desktop editor

                -
              1. in the main program window, select the Document menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab,
                2. +
              2. in the main program window, select the Document menu item from the Create new section on the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab,
              3. when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save Save icon icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item.
                4. -
              4. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the document to (DOCX, Document template (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button.
                5. +
              5. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the required format for saving (DOCX, Document template (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button.
              @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@

              To open an existing document

              In the desktop editor

                -
              1. in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar,
                2. -
              2. choose the necessary document from the file manager window and click the Open button.
                3. +
              3. in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item on the left sidebar,
                4. +
              4. choose the required document from the file manager window and click the Open button.
              -

              You can also right-click the necessary document in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open documents by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window.

              -

              All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it.

              +

              You can also right-click the required document in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If text documents are associated with the application you need, you can also open them by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window.

              +

              All the directories that you have navigated through using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the required folder to select one of the files stored there.

              To open a recently edited document

              In the online editor

                -
              1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                2. +
              2. click the File tab on the top toolbar,
              3. select the Open Recent... option,
              4. choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents.
              @@ -54,12 +54,12 @@

              In the desktop editor

                -
              1. in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar,
                2. +
              2. in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item on the left sidebar,
              3. choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents.
              -

              To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option.

              +

              To open the folder, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab in the online editor in the file explorer window in the desktop editor, click the Open file location Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Open file location option.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index 763754cf5..1ca243696 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@

              Insert page breaks

              -

              In Document Editor, you can add a page break to start a new page, insert a blank page and adjust pagination options.

              -

              To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination.

              -

              To insert a blank page at the current cursor position click the Blank page icon Blank Page icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar. This inserts two page breaks that creates a blank page.

              +

              In the Document Editor, you can add a page break to start a new page, insert a blank page and adjust pagination options.

              +

              To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination.

              +

              To insert a blank page at the current cursor position click the Blank page icon Blank Page icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar. This action inserts two page breaks that create a blank page.

              To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page:

              • click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or
                • -
              • click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box at the Line & Page Breaks tab of the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. +
              • click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box at the Line & Page Breaks tab of the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

              To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph),

              • click the right mouse button and select the Keep lines together option in the menu, or
                • -
              • click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box at the Line & Page Breaks in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.
                • +
              • click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option on the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box at the Line & Page Breaks in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

              The Line & Page Breaks tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options:

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 504e84d0d..13bfd9fd2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

                Change paragraph indents

                -

                In Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left part of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page.

                +

                the Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left side of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page.

                To do that,

                  -
                1. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination,
                  2. -
                2. click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar,
                  3. +
                3. place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination,
                  4. +
                4. click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar,
                5. in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and set the necessary parameters in the Indents section:
                  • Left - set the paragraph offset from the left side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value,
                    • @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@

                    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Indents & Spacing

                -

                To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent Decrease indent and Increase indent Increase indent.

                +

                To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent Decrease indent and Increase indent Increase indent.

                You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents.

                Ruler - Indent markers

                Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler.

                  -
                • First Line Indent marker First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left side of the page for the first line of the paragraph.
                  • -
                • Hanging Indent marker Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left side of the page for the second line and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph.
                  • -
                • Left Indent marker Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left side of the page.
                  • -
                • Right Indent marker Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page.
                  • +
                • The First Line Indent marker First Line Indent marker is used to set an offset from the left side of the page for the first line of the paragraph.
                  • +
                • The Hanging Indent marker Hanging Indent marker is used to set an offset from the left side of the page for the second line and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph.
                  • +
                • The Left Indent marker Left Indent marker is used to set an offset for the entire paragraph from the left side of the page.
                  • +
                • The Right Indent marker Right Indent marker is used to set a paragraph offset from the right side of the page.
                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 07332ba92..c5dc53d6f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@

                Save/download/print your document

                Saving

                -

                By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

                +

                By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it to prevent your data loss in case the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If necessary, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

                To save your current document manually in the current format and location,

                • press the Save Save icon icon in the left part of the editor header, or
                • use the Ctrl+S key combination, or
                • click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option.
                -

                Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page.

                +

                Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data from loss in case program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page.

                In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format,

                  @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@
                1. use the Ctrl+P key combination, or
                2. click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option.
              -

              It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu.

              -

              In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly.In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing.

              +

              It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click and choose option Print selection).

              +

              In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index 385e9642e..f1c10a906 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -14,24 +14,24 @@

              Insert section breaks

              -

              Section breaks allow you to apply a different layout or formatting for the certain parts of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section.

              +

              Section breaks allow you to apply different layouts or formatting styles to a certain part of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section.

              Note: an inserted section break defines formatting of the preceding part of the document.

              To insert a section break at the current cursor position:

                -
              1. click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar,
                2. +
              2. click the Breaks icon Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar,
              3. select the Insert Section Break submenu
              4. select the necessary section break type:
                • Next Page - to start a new section from the next page
                  • -
                • Continuous Page - to start a new section at the current page
                  • +
                • Continuous Page - to start a new section on the current page
                • Even Page - to start a new section from the next even page
                • Odd Page - to start a new section from the next odd page
              -

              Added section breaks are indicated in your document by a double dotted line: Section break

              -

              If you do not see the inserted section breaks, click the Nonprinting Characters icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them.

              -

              To remove a section break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. Since a section break defines formatting of the preceding section, when you remove a section break, this section formatting will also be deleted. The document part that preceded the removed section break acquires the formatting of the part that followed it.

              +

              The added section breaks are indicated in your document with a double dotted line: Section break

              +

              If you do not see the inserted section breaks, click the Nonprinting Characters icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them.

              +

              To remove a section break, select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. Since a section break defines formatting of the previous section, when you remove a section break, this section formatting will also be deleted. When you delete a section break, the text before and after the break is combined into one section. The new combined section will use the formatting from the section that followed the section break.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm index f1b4fe5e4..59c78c896 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Set up paragraph outline level + Set up a paragraph outline level @@ -15,10 +15,10 @@

              Set up paragraph outline level

              -

              Outline level means the paragraph level in the document structure. The following levels are available: Basic Text, Level 1 - Level 9. Outline level can be specified in different ways, for example, by using heading styles: once you assign a heading style (Heading 1 - Heading 9) to a paragraph, it acquires a corresponding outline level. If you assign a level to a paragraph using the paragraph advanced settings, the paragraph acquires the structure level only while its style remains unchanged. The outline level can also be changed at the Navigation panel on the left using the contextual menu options.

              +

              An outline level is the paragraph level in the document structure. The following levels are available: Basic Text, Level 1 - Level 9. The outline level can be specified in different ways, for example, by using heading styles: once you assign a heading style (Heading 1 - Heading 9) to a paragraph, it acquires yje corresponding outline level. If you assign a level to a paragraph using the paragraph advanced settings, the paragraph acquires the structure level only while its style remains unchanged. The outline level can be also changed in the Navigation panel on the left using the contextual menu options.

              To change a paragraph outline level using the paragraph advanced settings,

                -
              1. right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar,
                2. +
              2. right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar,
              3. open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab,
              4. select the necessary outline level from the Outline level list.
              5. click the OK button to apply the changes.
                6. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index aca632087..21d661a44 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

                Set page parameters

                -

                To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar.

                +

                To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar.

                Note: all these parameters are applied to the entire document. If you need to set different page margins, orientation, size, or column number for the separate parts of your document, please refer to this page.

                Page Orientation

                -

                Change the current orientation type clicking the Orientation icon Orientation icon. The default orientation type is Portrait that can be switched to Album.

                +

                Change the current orientation by type clicking the Orientation icon Orientation icon. The default orientation type is Portrait that can be switched to Album.

                Page Size

                -

                Change the default A4 format clicking the Size icon Size icon and selecting the needed one from the list. The available preset sizes are:

                +

                Change the default A4 format by clicking the Size icon Size icon and selecting the required format from the list. The following preset sizes are available:

                • US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm)
                • US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm)
                  • @@ -35,34 +35,34 @@
                • Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm)
                • Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm)
                -

                You can also set a special page size by selecting the Custom Page Size option from the list. The Page Size window will open where you'll be able to select the necessary Preset (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Envelope Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) or set custom Width and Height values. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. When ready, click OK to apply the changes.

                +

                You can also set a special page size by selecting the Custom Page Size option from the list. The Page Size window will open where you'll be able to select the required Preset (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Envelope Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) or set custom Width and Height values. Enter new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using the arrow buttons. When you finish, click OK to apply the changes.

                Custom Page Size

                Page Margins

                -

                Change default margins, i.e. the blank space between the left, right, top and bottom page edges and the paragraph text, clicking the Margins icon Margins icon and selecting one of the available presets: Normal, US Normal, Narrow, Moderate, Wide. You can also use the Custom Margins option to set your own values in the Margins window that opens. Enter the necessary Top, Bottom, Left and Right page margin values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons.

                +

                Change the default margins, i.e. the blank space between the left, right, top and bottom page edges and the paragraph text, by clicking the Margins icon Margins icon and selecting one of the available presets: Normal, US Normal, Narrow, Moderate, Wide. You can also use the Custom Margins option to set your own values in the Margins window. Enter the required Top, Bottom, Left and Right page margin values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons.

                Custom Margins

                -

                Gutter position is used to set up additional space on the left or top of the document. Gutter option might come in handy to make sure bookbinding does not cover text. In Margins window enter the necessary gutter position into the entry fields and choose where it should be placed in.

                -

                Note: Gutter position function cannot be used when Mirror margins option is checked.

                -

                In Multiple pages drop-down menu choose Mirror margins option to to set up facing pages for double-sided documents. With this option checked, Left and Right margins turn into Inside and Outside margins respectively.

                +

                Gutter position is used to set up additional space on the left side of the document or at its top. The Gutter option is helpful to make sure that bookbinding does not cover the text. In the Margins enter the required gutter position into the entry fields and choose where it should be placed in.

                +

                Note: the Gutter position cannot be used when the Mirror margins option is checked.

                +

                In the Multiple pages drop-down menu, choose the Mirror margins option to set up facing pages for double-sided documents. With this option checked, Left and Right margins turn into Inside and Outside margins respectively.

                In Orientation drop-down menu choose from Portrait and Landscape options.

                All applied changes to the document will be displayed in the Preview window.

                -

                When ready, click OK. The custom margins will be applied to the current document and the Last Custom option with the specified parameters will appear in the Margins icon Margins list so that you can apply them to some other documents.

                +

                When you finish, click OK. The custom margins will be applied to the current document and the Last Custom option with the specified parameters will appear in the Margins icon Margins list so that you will be able to apply them to other documents.

                You can also change the margins manually by dragging the border between the grey and white areas on the rulers (the grey areas of the rulers indicate page margins):

                Margins Adjustment

                Columns

                -

                Apply a multi-column layout clicking the Columns icon Columns icon and selecting the necessary column type from the drop-down list. The following options are available:

                +

                Apply a multi-column layout by clicking the Columns icon Columns icon and selecting the necessary column type from the drop-down list. The following options are available:

                • Two Two columns icon - to add two columns of the same width,
                • Three Three columns icon - to add three columns of the same width,
                • Left Left column icon - to add two columns: a narrow column on the left and a wide column on the right,
                • Right Right column icon - to add two columns: a narrow column on the right and a wide column on the left.
                -

                If you want to adjust column settings, select the Custom Columns option from the list. The Columns window will open where you'll be able to set necessary Number of columns (it's possible to add up to 12 columns) and Spacing between columns. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Check the Column divider box to add a vertical line between the columns. When ready, click OK to apply the changes.

                +

                If you want to adjust column settings, select the Custom Columns option from the list. The Columns window will appear, and you'll be able to set the required Number of columns (you can add up to 12 columns) and Spacing between columns. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Check the Column divider box to add a vertical line between the columns. When you finish, click OK to apply the changes.

                Custom Columns

                -

                To exactly specify where a new column should start, place the cursor before the text that you want to move into the new column, click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. The text will be moved to the next column.

                -

                Added column breaks are indicated in your document by a dotted line: Column break. If you do not see the inserted column breaks, click the Nonprinting Characters icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a column break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key.

                +

                To exactly specify where a new column should start, place the cursor before the text that you want to move to the new column, click the Breaks icon Breaks icon on the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. The text will be moved to the next column.

                +

                The inserted column breaks are indicated in your document with a dotted line: Column break. If you do not see the inserted column breaks, click the Nonprinting Characters icon icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar to make them visible. To remove a column break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key.

                To manually change the column width and spacing, you can use the horizontal ruler.

                Column spacing

                -

                To cancel columns and return to a regular single-column layout, click the Columns icon Columns icon at the top toolbar and select the One One column icon option from the list.

                +

                To cancel columns and return to a regular single-column layout, click the Columns icon Columns icon on the top toolbar and select the One One column icon option from the list.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index eef56e15f..fe607a099 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

                Set tab stops

                -

                In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard.

                +

                In the Document Editor, you can change tab stops. A tab stop is a term used to describe the location where the cursor stops after the Tab key is pressed.

                To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler:

                  -
                1. Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the Left Tab Stop button button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: +
                2. Select the necessary tab stop type by clicking the Left Tab Stop button button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available:
                    -
                  • Left Left Tab Stop button - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Left Tab Stop marker marker.
                    • -
                  • Center Center Tab Stop button - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Center Tab Stop marker marker.
                    • -
                  • Right Right Tab Stop button - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Right Tab Stop marker marker.
                    • +
                  • Left Tab Stop Left Tab Stop button lines up the text to the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop while you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Left Tab Stop marker Left Tab Stop marker.
                    • +
                  • Center Tab Stop Center Tab Stop button centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Center Tab Stop marker Center Tab Stop marker.
                    • +
                  • Right Tab Stop Right Tab Stop button lines up the text to the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop while you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Right Tab Stop marker Right Tab Stop marker.
                3. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. @@ -29,16 +29,17 @@
                -

                You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

                +

                You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

                Paragraph Properties - Tabs tab

                You can set the following parameters:

                  -
                • Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box.
                  • -
                • Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list.
                  • +
                • Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value by using the arrow buttons or entering the required value in the box.
                  • +
                • Tab Position is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the required value in this box, adjust it more precisely by using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list.
                • Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button.
                  • -
                • Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. -

                  To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

                  -
                  • +
                • + Leader - allows choosing a character to create a leader for each tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. +

                  To delete tab stops from the list, select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

                  +
                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index 7583e0ffe..5dd183795 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
              6. A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements.

                The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses.

                7. -
              7. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge Mail Merge icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
                8. -
              8. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the file you need and click OK.
                9. +
              9. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge Mail Merge icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar.
                10. +
              10. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the required file and click OK.

              Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar.

              Mail Merge setting tab

              @@ -34,79 +34,84 @@
            • Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed.

              Mail Merge Recipients window

              • -
            • Here you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data, if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons on the top of the window: -
                -
              • Copy and Paste - to copy and paste the copied data
                • -
              • Undo and Redo - to undo and redo undone actions
                • -
              • Sort Lowest to Highest icon and Sort Highest to Lowest icon - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order
                • -
              • Filter icon - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter
                • -
              • Clear Filter icon - to clear all the applied filter parameters -

                Note: to learn more on how to use the filter you can refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help.

                -
                • -
              • Search icon - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary -

                Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool you can refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help.

                -
                • -
              +
            • + In the opened window, you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons at the top of the window: +
                +
              • Copy and Paste - to copy and paste the copied data
                • +
              • Undo and Redo - to undo and redo undone actions
                • +
              • Sort Lowest to Highest icon and Sort Highest to Lowest icon - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order
                • +
              • Filter icon - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter
                • +
              • + Clear Filter icon - to clear all the applied filter parameters +

                Note: to learn more on how to use the filter, please refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help.

                +
                • +
              • + Search icon - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary +

                Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool, please refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help.

                +
                • +
            • After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button.
        • Insert merge fields and check the results
            -
          1. Place the mouse cursor in the text of the main document where you want a merge field to be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. Add all the fields you need anywhere in the document. -

            Merge Fields section

            +
          2. Place the mouse cursor where the merge field should be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button on the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. All the required fields can be added anywhere. +

            Merge Fields section

            3. -
          3. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher at the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the document text. -

            Main document with inserted fields

            +
          4. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher on the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the text. +

            Main document with inserted fields

            5. -
          5. Turn on the Preview results switcher at the right sidebar to view the document text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview versions of the merged document for each record. -

            Preview results

            +
          6. Turn on the Preview results switcher on the right sidebar to view the text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview the versions of the merged document for each record. +

            Preview results

          • To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard.
            • -
          • To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list.
            • +
          • To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button on the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list.
        • Specify the merge parameters
            -
          1. Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a file in the PDF or Docx format to be able to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: -

            Merge type selection

            -
              -
            • PDF - to create a single document in the PDF format that includes all the merged copies so that you can print them later
              • -
            • Docx - to create a single document in the Docx format that includes all the merged copies so that you can edit individual copies later
              • -
            • Email - to send the results to recipients by email -

              Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal.

              -
              • -
            +
          2. Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a PDF or Docx file to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: +

            Merge type selection

            +
              +
            • PDF - to create a single PDF document that includes all the merged copies that can be printed later
              • +
            • Docx - to create a single Docx document that includes all the merged copies that can be edited individually later
              • +
            • + Email - to send the results to recipients by email +

              Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal.

              +
              • +
            3. -
          3. Choose the records you want to apply the merge to: -
              -
            • All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source
              • -
            • Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed
              • -
            • From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) -

              Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc.

              -
              • -
            +
          4. Choose all the required records to be applied: +
              +
            • All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source
              • +
            • Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed
              • +
            • + From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) +

              Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc.

              +
              • +
          5. Complete the merge
            • If you've decided to save the merge results as a file,
                -
              • click the Download button to store the file anywhere on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder.
                • -
              • click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the Folder for save window that opens, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result once the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window.
                • +
              • click the Download button to save the file on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder.
                • +
              • click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the opened Folder for save window, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result when the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window.
            • If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open:

              Send to Email window

                -
              • In the From list, select the mail account you want to use for sending mail, if you have several accounts connected in the Mail module.
                • -
              • In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to email addresses of the recipients, if it was not selected automatically.
                • +
              • In the From list, select the required mail account if you have several accounts connected to the Mail module.
                • +
              • In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to the email addresses of the recipients if this option was not selected automatically.
              • Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field.
              • Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients).
              • Click the Send button.
              -

              Once the mailing is over you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field.

              +

              Once the mailing is over, you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field.

            6. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index d6c8f9108..3e2d78503 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -18,30 +18,30 @@

            General Information

            The document information includes a number of the file properties which describe the document. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited.

              -
            • Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only.
              • +
            • Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only.
            • Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces.
              • -
            • Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields.
              • +
            • Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow yoy to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields.
            • Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified.
              • -
            • Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the document if a document has been shared and it can be edited by several users.
              • -
            • Application - the application the document was created with.
              • -
            • Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author.
              • +
            • Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the document. This option is available if the document has been shared and can be edited by several users.
              • +
            • Application - the application the document has been created with.
              • +
            • Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author.

            If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes.

            -

            Note: Online Editors allow you to change the document name directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK.

            +

            Note: The online Editors allow you to change the name of the document directly in the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that will appear and click OK.

            Permission Information

            In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud.

            Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions.

            -

            To find out, who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar.

            +

            To find out who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar.

            You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section.

            Version History

            In the online version, you can view the version history for the files stored in the cloud.

            Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions.

            -

            To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon Version History icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it.

            +

            To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon Version History icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it on the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author's name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it.

            Version History

            -

            To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list.

            +

            To return to the current version of the document, use the Close History option on the top of the version list.

            To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png index 5929239d6..d9d5a8c21 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index 673b22ccf..65e027227 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png index d360da4ab..615031824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png index c4a575e37..946c6dbd5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerange.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png index b81b33688..6de6a6538 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..195286460 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14748b290 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index 891cbd5e5..0c05f0db3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png index 3d411150a..9081f4007 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index 31e87d6f4..36b959f2c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png index 06480ac11..c5aa16c1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png index fbe2f71d1..2dbc49d43 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c374bb2ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png index 85ef0822b..ba856daf1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png index bca61c903..81058ed69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..daf40846e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png index 700ce1d87..2e4ff59fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 3c5923344..3b5c8e618 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index d5fffca69..f07e9d4fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index c61f28e0e..59a9f9d7d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png index 1a461a817..39a51760e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moveelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moveelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ead64a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moveelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multilevellistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multilevellistsettings.png index 1e8921519..77745ddcd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multilevellistsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multilevellistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png index a20f73bcc..d16a020b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index 4344851e0..cb074cf11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/proofing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ddcd38fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizeelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizeelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..206959166 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizeelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png index abcb98be1..27a5a2a91 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png index 89c5100cc..1b56cef22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png index 16b27052b..ede2e99c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png index 1c307cf0c..90b45fee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png index 4d1fa5d01..299e8226c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png index 1b30562c1..2c8ecc255 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f2465e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png index ac4d77834..fb4d3260f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png index 5c66ae839..fa6ea1695 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png index a18189199..8bf1f3ff9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png index ea2b821e5..816a6ec69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png index 1fe869c2a..252241cf2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png index 3349d1153..0f89ccdfb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png index caf4a8d43..dbe7943d3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png index d24f79a22..d087549c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png index 0e17aed4c..15c3fa5a7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings.png index 0c7fb12db..e7e338ff3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings2.png index ed6786612..34a1c2cea 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/watermark_settings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 348d7c714..7dbcce905 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -3,301 +3,311 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "About Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML files. To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window." + "body": "About the Document Editor The Document Editor is an online application that allows you to view through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using the Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive of your computer as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML files. To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Compatibility is used to make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows to automatically recover documents in case of the unexpected program closing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Real-time Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. Document Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "Advanced Settings of the Document Editor The Document Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Compatibility is used to make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows automatically recovering documents in case the program closes unexpectedly. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Real-time Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in the Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. The Document Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the document; Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the document; Enable all to automatically run all macros within the document. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Collaborative Document Editing", - "body": "Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited document visual indication of passages that are being edited by other users real-time changes display or synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular document parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last real-time collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon at the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the icon. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the document that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to collaboratively work on a document with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the document to be edited visual indication of passages that are being edited by other users real-time display of changes or synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular parts of the document comments with the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing The Document Editor allows you to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide changes made by other users until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by co-authors. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the required mode using the Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text. The number of users who are working on the current document is displayed on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last real-time collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to distribute tasks and paragraphs to be edited by the collaborators, etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content, it is better to use comments which are stored until they are deleted. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon on the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon on the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the required text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the icon. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the document that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "title": "Compare documents", - "body": "Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5. If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows to display the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows to download the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon to the right of the file name at the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate between the Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison. This mode allows both to view the changes and edit the document. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison feature Method of the comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes." + "body": "Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5. If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate through the sections of the Documents module, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison. This mode allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes. To accept the currently selected change, you can: click the Accept button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison feature Method of comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Repeat the Find action which has been performed before the key combination press. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window in Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Delete word to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ^ Ctrl+← Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+← Backspace Delete one word to the left of the cursor. Delete word to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Delete one word to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select the page up ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+= Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Inserting special characters Insert formula Alt+= Insert a formula at the current cursor position." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access the Document Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Repeat the previous Find performed before the key combination was pressed. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with The Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current document to a default 100%. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Delete word to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ^ Ctrl+← Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+← Backspace Delete one word to the left of the cursor. Delete word to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Delete one word to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select the page up ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+= Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Inserting special characters Insert formula Alt+= Insert a formula at the current cursor position. Insert an em dash Alt+Ctrl+Num- Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a non-breaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Insert a non-breaking hyphen ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a no-break space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Insert a no-break space ‘o’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", - "body": "Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Page Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to align text, graphics, tables, and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your document, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the document page width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole document page to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit page icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. The Page Number Indicator shows the current page as a part of all the pages in the current document (page 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the page number and quickly go to it." + "body": "The Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Page Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to align text, graphics, tables, and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the width of the left sidebar is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the width of the sidebar. To restore its original width, move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your document, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the document page width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole document page to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit page icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. The Page Number Indicator shows the current page as a part of all the pages in the current document (page 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the page number and quickly go to it." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Document Review", - "body": "When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature. If you are the reviewer, then you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, and do other things to the document without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent the document to you. If you are the person who sends the file for the review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them. Enable the Track Changes feature To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways: click the button in the right lower corner at the status bar, or switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button. Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights. View changes Changes made by a user are highlighted with a specific color in the document text. When you click on the changed text, a pop-up window opens which displays the user name, the date and time when the change has been made, and the change description. The pop-up window also contains icons used to accept or reject the current change. If you drag and drop a piece of text to some other place in the document, the text in a new position will be underlined with the double line. The text in the original position will be double-crossed. This will count as a single change. Click the double-crossed text in the original position and use the arrow in the change pop-up window to go to the new location of the text. Click the double-underlined text in the new position and use the arrow in the change pop-up window to go to to the original location of the text. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It allows both to view suggested changes and edit the document. Final - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Note: if you review the document the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the icon within the change balloon." + "body": "When somebody shares a file with you using the review permissions, you need to apply the document Review feature. As a reviewer, you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, etc. without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent you the document. If you send the file for review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them. Enable the Track Changes feature To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways: click the button in the right lower corner on the status bar, or switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button. Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights. View changes Changes made by a user are highlighted with a specific color in the document text. When you click on the changed text, a pop-up window opens which displays the user name, the date and time when the change has been made, and the change description. The pop-up window also contains icons used to accept or reject the current change. If you drag and drop a piece of text to some other place in the document, the text in a new position will be underlined with the double line. The text in the original position will be double-crossed. This will count as a single change. Click the double-crossed text in the original position and use the arrow in the change pop-up window to go to the new location of the text. Click the double-underlined text in the new position and use the arrow in the change pop-up window to go to to the original location of the text. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It allows both viewing the suggested changes and editing the document. Final - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Note: if you review the document, the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the icon within the change balloon." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Search and Replace Function", - "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again. Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight click the option once again. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the document (if you click the button) or towards the end of the document (if you click the button) from the current position. Note: when the Highlight results option is enabled, use these buttons to navigate through the highlighted results. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." + "body": "To search for the required characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated on the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option, click it once again. Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight, click the option once again. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the document (if you click the button) or towards the end of the document (if you click the button) from the current position. Note: when the Highlight results option is enabled, use these buttons to navigate through the highlighted results. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Spell-checking", - "body": "Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon at the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu at the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon on the status bar. In the opened window, select the required language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu on the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. all misspelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Documents", - "body": "Electronic documents represent one of the most commonly used computer files. Thanks to the computer network highly developed nowadays, it's possible and more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Due to the variety of devices used for document presentation, there are a lot of proprietary and open file formats. Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + in the online version EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +" + "body": "An electronic document is one of the most commonly used computer. Due to the highly developed modern computer network, it's more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Nowadays, a lot of devices are used for document presentation, so there are plenty of proprietary and open file formats. The Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of the used software, hardware, and operating systems + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + in the online version EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "File tab", - "body": "The File tab allows to perform some basic operations on the current file. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the document in the selected format to the computer hard disk drive), save copy as (save a copy of the document in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file with a different name, location or format using the Save as option, print the file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new document or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the document or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only), access the editor Advanced Settings, in the desktop version, open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab." + "body": "The File tab allows performing some basic operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: With this tab, you can use the following options: in the online version: save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), save it in the required format on the hard disk drive of your computer with the Download as option, save a copy of the file in the selected format to the portal documents with the Save copy as option, print or rename the current file. in the desktop version: save the current file without changing its format and location using the Save option, save it changing its name, location or format using the Save as option or print the current file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new document or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the document or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only), access the Advanced Settings of the editor, in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a document. It allows to format font and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge and color schemes. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: adjust font type, size, color, apply font decoration styles, select background color for a paragraph, create bulleted and numbered lists, change paragraph indents, set paragraph line spacing, align your text in a paragraph, show/hide nonprinting characters, copy/clear text formatting, change color scheme, use Mail Merge (available in the online version only), manage styles." + "body": "The Home tab appears by default when you open a document. It also allows formating fonts and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge and color schemes. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust the font type, its size and color, apply font decoration styles, select a background color for a paragraph, create bulleted and numbered lists, change paragraph indents, set paragraph line spacing, align your text in a paragraph, show/hide non-printing characters, copy/clear text formatting, change the color scheme, use Mail Merge (available in the online version only), manage styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Insert tab", - "body": "The Insert tab allows to add some page formatting elements, as well as visual objects and comments. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: insert a blank page, insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, insert headers and footers and page numbers, insert tables, images, charts, shapes, insert hyperlinks, comments, insert text boxes and Text Art objects, equations, symbols, drop caps, content controls." + "body": "The Insert tab allows adding some page formatting elements as well as visual objects and comments. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert a blank page, insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, insert tables, images, charts, shapes, insert hyperlinks, comments, insert headers and footers, page numbers, date & time, insert text boxes and Text Art objects, equations, symbols, drop caps, content controls." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Layout tab", - "body": "The Layout tab allows to change the document appearance: set up page parameters and define the arrangement of visual elements. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation, size, add columns, insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, align and arrange objects (tables, pictures, charts, shapes), change wrapping style, add a watermark." + "body": "The Layout tab allows changing the appearance of a document: setting up page parameters and defining the arrangement of visual elements. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation and size, add columns, insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, align and arrange objects (tables, pictures, charts, shapes), change the wrapping style, add a watermark." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: The Settings button allows to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows to send the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech (available in the online version only), Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document. Mendeley allows to manage research papers and generate bibliographies for scholarly articles. Zotero allows to manage bibliographic data and related research materials. The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. This tab also makes it possible to use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: The Settings button allows viewing and managing all the installed plugins as well as adding new ones. The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows sending a document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax selecting the required language, style and background color, OCR recognizing text in any picture and inserting the recognized text to the document, PhotoEditor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows converting the selected text to speech (available in the online version only), Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one, Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into the document, Mendeley allows managing papers researches and generating bibliographies for scholarly articles, Zotero allows managing bibliographic data and related research materials. The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing examples of open source plugins are currently available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the Document Editor user interface", - "body": "Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, opened documents tabs, document name and menu tabs. In the left part of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons. In the right part of the Editor header the user name is displayed as well as the following icons: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows to open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab. - allows to adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows to set access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the page number indicator, displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.), allows to set text language, enable spell checking, turn on the track changes mode, adjust zoom. Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows to use the Search and Replace tool, - allows to open the Comments panel, - allows to go to the Navigation panel and manage headings, - (available in the online version only) allows to open the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers allow to align text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "body": "Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Document Editor: Main window of the Desktop Document Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the ONLYOFFICE logo, tabs for all opened documents with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location. In the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored in a new browser tab. It allows adjusting the View Settings and access the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and displays some notifications (for example, \"All changes saved\", etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - allows going to the Navigation panel and managing headings, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows to adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click the icon to expand the Right sidebar. The Horizontal and vertical Rulers makes it possible to align the text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. The Working area allows viewing document content, entering and editing data. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "title": "References tab", - "body": "The References tab allows to manage different types of references: add and refresh a table of contents, create and edit footnotes, insert hyperlinks. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes, insert hyperlinks, add bookmarks. add captions." + "body": "The References tab allows managing different types of references: adding and refreshing tables of contents, creating and editing footnotes, inserting hyperlinks. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes, insert hyperlinks, add bookmarks. add captions." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "title": "Collaboration tab", - "body": "The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the document. In the online version, you can share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer, view all versions and revisions. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments, navigate between tracked changes, use chat and view version history. In the desktop version, you can manage comments and use the Track Changes feature . Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: specify sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add or remove comments to the document, enable the Track Changes feature, choose the changes display mode, manage the suggested changes, load a document for comparison (available in the online version only), open the Chat panel (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only)." + "body": "The Collaboration tab allows collaborating on documents. In the online version, you can share the file, select the required co-editing mode, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer, view all versions and revisions. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments, navigate between the tracked changes, use the built-in chat and view the version history. In the desktop version, you can manage comments and use the Track Changes feature . The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: specify the sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add or remove comments to the document, enable the Track Changes feature, choose the changes display mode, manage the suggested changes, load a document for comparison (available in the online version only), open the Chat panel (available in the online version only), track the version history (available in the online version only)." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Add borders", - "body": "To add borders to a paragraph, page, or the whole document, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, switch to the Borders & Fill tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, set the needed value for Border Size and select a Border Color, click within the available diagram or use buttons to select borders and apply the chosen style to them, click the OK button. After you add borders, you can also set paddings i.e. distances between the right, left, top and bottom borders and the paragraph text within them. To set the necessary values, switch to the Paddings tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window:" + "body": "To add borders to a paragraph, page, or the whole document, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, switch to the Borders & Fill tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, set the needed value for Border Size and select a Border Color, click within the available diagram or use buttons to select borders and apply the chosen style to them, click the OK button. After adding the borders, you can also set paddings i.e. distances between the right, left, top and bottom borders and the paragraph. To set the necessary values, switch to the Paddings tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window:" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm", "title": "Add caption", - "body": "The Caption is a numbered label that you can apply to objects, such as equations, tables, figures and images within your documents. This makes it easy to reference within your text as there is an easily recognizable label on your object. To add the caption to an object: select the object which one to apply a caption; switch to the References tab of the top toolbar; click the Caption icon at the top toolbar or right lick o nthe object and select the Insert Caption option to open the Insert Caption dialogue box choose the label to use for your caption by clicking the label drop-down and choosing the object. or create a new label by clicking the Add label button to open the Add label dialogue box. Enter a name for the label into the label text box. Then click the OK button to add a new label into the label list; check the Include chapter number checkbox to change the numbering for your caption; in Insert drop-down menu choose Before to place the label above the object or After to place it below the object; check the Exclude label from caption checkbox to leave only a number for this particular caption in accordance with a sequence number; you can then choose how to number your caption by assigning a specific style to the caption and adding a separator; to apply the caption click the OK button. Deleting a label To delete a label you have created, choose the label from the label list within the caption dialogue box then click the Delete label button. The label you created will be immediately deleted. Note:You may delete labels you have created but you cannot delete the default labels. Formatting captions As soon as you add a caption, a new style for captions is automatically added to the styles section. In order to change the style for all captions throughout the document, you should follow these steps: select the text a new Caption style will be copied from; search for the Caption style (highlighted in blue by default) in the styles gallery which you may find on Home tab of the top toolbar; right click on it and choose the Update from selection option. Grouping captions up If you want to be able to move the object and the caption as one unit, you need to group the object and the caption together select the object; select one of the Wrapping styles using the right sidebar; add the caption as it is mentioned above; hold down Shift and select the items you want to group up; right click on either item and choose Arrange > Group. Now both items will move simultaneously if you drag them somewhere else in the document. To unbind the objects click on Arrange > Ungroup respectively." + "body": "s A caption is a numbered label that can be applied to objects, such as equations, tables, figures and images in the document. A caption allows making a reference in the text - an easily recognizable label on an object. To add a caption to an object: select the required object to apply a caption; switch to the References tab of the top toolbar; click the Caption icon on the top toolbar or right click on the object and select the Insert Caption option to open the Insert Caption dialogue box choose the label to use for your caption by clicking the label drop-down and choosing the object. or create a new label by clicking the Add label button to open the Add label dialogue box. Enter a name for the label into the label text box. Then click the OK button to add a new label into the label list; check the Include chapter number checkbox to change the numbering for your caption; in Insert drop-down menu choose Before to place the label above the object or After to place it below the object; check the Exclude label from caption checkbox to leave only a number for this particular caption in accordance with a sequence number; you can then choose how to number your caption by assigning a specific style to the caption and adding a separator; to apply the caption click the OK button. Deleting a label To delete a label you have created, choose the label from the label list within the caption dialogue box then click the Delete label button. The label you created will be immediately deleted. Note:You may delete labels you have created but you cannot delete the default labels. Formatting captions As soon as you add a caption, a new style for captions is automatically added to the styles section. In order to change the style for all captions throughout the document, you should follow these steps: select the text to copy a new Caption style; search for the Caption style (highlighted in blue by default) in the styles gallery on the Home tab of the top toolbar; right click on it and choose the Update from selection option. Grouping captions up To move the object and the caption as one unit, you need to group the object and the caption together: select the object; select one of the Wrapping styles using the right sidebar; add the caption as it is mentioned above; hold down Shift and select the items to be grouped up; right click item and choose Arrange > Group. Now both items will move simultaneously if you drag them somewhere else in the document. To unbind the objects, click on Arrange > Ungroup respectively." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "title": "Use formulas in tables", - "body": "Insert a formula You can perform simple calculations on data in table cells by adding formulas. To insert a formula into a table cell, place the cursor within the cell where you want to display the result, click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, in the Formula Settings window that opens, enter the necessary formula into the Formula field. You can enter a needed formula manually using the common mathematical operators (+, -, *, /), e.g. =A1*B2 or use the Paste Function drop-down list to select one of the embedded functions, e.g. =PRODUCT(A1,B2). manually specify necessary arguments within the parentheses in the Formula field. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. use the Number Format drop-down list if you want to display the result in a certain number format, click OK. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To edit the added formula, select the result in the cell and click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, make the necessary changes in the Formula Settings window and click OK. Add references to cells You can use the following arguments to quickly add references to cell ranges: ABOVE - a reference to all the cells in the column above the selected cell LEFT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the left of the selected cell BELOW - a reference to all the cells in the column below the selected cell RIGHT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the right of the selected cell These arguments can be used with the AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM functions. You can also manually enter references to a certain cell (e.g., A1) or a range of cells (e.g., A1:B3). Use bookmarks If you have added some bookmarks to certain cells within your table, you can use these bookmarks as arguments when entering formulas. In the Formula Settings window, place the cursor within the parentheses in the Formula entry field where you want the argument to be added and use the Paste Bookmark drop-down list to select one of the previously added bookmarks. Update formula results If you change some values in the table cells, you will need to manually update formula results: To update a single formula result, select the necessary result and press F9 or right-click the result and use the Update field option from the menu. To update several formula results, select the necessary cells or the entire table and press F9. Embedded functions You can use the following standard math, statistical and logical functions: Category Function Description Example Mathematical ABS(x) The function is used to return the absolute value of a number. =ABS(-10) Returns 10 Logical AND(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if all the arguments are TRUE. =AND(1>0,1>3) Returns 0 Statistical AVERAGE(argument-list) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value. =AVERAGE(4,10) Returns 7 Statistical COUNT(argument-list) The function is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. =COUNT(A1:B3) Returns 6 Logical DEFINED() The function evaluates if a value in the cell is defined. The function returns 1 if the value is defined and calculated without errors and returns 0 if the value is not defined or calculated with an error. =DEFINED(A1) Logical FALSE() The function returns 0 (FALSE) and does not require any argument. =FALSE Returns 0 Mathematical INT(x) The function is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number. =INT(2.5) Returns 2 Statistical MAX(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. =MAX(15,18,6) Returns 18 Statistical MIN(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. =MIN(15,18,6) Returns 6 Mathematical MOD(x, y) The function is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor. =MOD(6,3) Returns 0 Logical NOT(logical) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if the argument is FALSE and 0 (FALSE) if the argument is TRUE. =NOT(2<5) Returns 0 Logical OR(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 0 (FALSE) if all the arguments are FALSE. =OR(1>0,1>3) Returns 1 Mathematical PRODUCT(argument-list) The function is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product. =PRODUCT(2,5) Returns 10 Mathematical ROUND(x, num_digits) The function is used to round the number to the desired number of digits. =ROUND(2.25,1) Returns 2.3 Mathematical SIGN(x) The function is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0. =SIGN(-12) Returns -1 Mathematical SUM(argument-list) The function is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result. =SUM(5,3,2) Returns 10 Logical TRUE() The function returns 1 (TRUE) and does not require any argument. =TRUE Returns 1" + "body": "Insert a formula You can perform simple calculations on data in table cells by adding formulas. To insert a formula into a table cell, place the cursor within the cell where you want to display the result, click the Add formula button on the right sidebar, in the opened Formula Settings window, enter the required formula into the Formula field. You can enter the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators (+, -, *, /), e.g. =A1*B2 or use the Paste Function drop-down list to select one of the embedded functions, e.g. =PRODUCT(A1,B2). manually specify the required arguments within the parentheses in the Formula field. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. use the Number Format drop-down list if you want to display the result in a certain number format, click OK. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To edit the added formula, select the result in the cell and click the Add formula button on the right sidebar, make the required changes in the Formula Settings window and click OK. Add references to cells You can use the following arguments to quickly add references to cell ranges: ABOVE - a reference to all the cells in the column above the selected cell LEFT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the left of the selected cell BELOW - a reference to all the cells in the column below the selected cell RIGHT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the right of the selected cell These arguments can be used with the AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM functions. You can also manually enter references to a certain cell (e.g., A1) or a range of cells (e.g., A1:B3). Use bookmarks If you have added some bookmarks to certain cells within your table, you can use these bookmarks as arguments when entering formulas. In the Formula Settings window, place the cursor within the parentheses in the Formula entry field where you want the argument to be added and use the Paste Bookmark drop-down list to select one of the previously added bookmarks. Update formula results If you change some values in the table cells, you will need to manually update the formula results: To update a single formula result, select the necessary result and press F9 or right-click the result and use the Update field option from the menu. To update several formula results, select the necessary cells or the entire table and press F9. Embedded functions You can use the following standard math, statistical and logical functions: Category Function Description Example Mathematical ABS(x) The function is used to return the absolute value of a number. =ABS(-10) Returns 10 Logical AND(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you entered is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if all the arguments are TRUE. =AND(1>0,1>3) Returns 0 Statistical AVERAGE(argument-list) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value. =AVERAGE(4,10) Returns 7 Statistical COUNT(argument-list) The function is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. =COUNT(A1:B3) Returns 6 Logical DEFINED() The function evaluates if a value in the cell is defined. The function returns 1 if the value is defined and calculated without errors and returns 0 if the value is not defined or calculated with an error. =DEFINED(A1) Logical FALSE() The function returns 0 (FALSE) and does not require any argument. =FALSE Returns 0 Logical IF(logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false) The function is used to check the logical expression and return one value if it is TRUE, or another if it is FALSE. =IF(3>1,1,0) Returns 1 Mathematical INT(x) The function is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number. =INT(2.5) Returns 2 Statistical MAX(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. =MAX(15,18,6) Returns 18 Statistical MIN(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. =MIN(15,18,6) Returns 6 Mathematical MOD(x, y) The function is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor. =MOD(6,3) Returns 0 Logical NOT(logical) The function is used to check if the logical value you entered is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if the argument is FALSE and 0 (FALSE) if the argument is TRUE. =NOT(2<5) Returns 0 Logical OR(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you entered is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 0 (FALSE) if all the arguments are FALSE. =OR(1>0,1>3) Returns 1 Mathematical PRODUCT(argument-list) The function is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product. =PRODUCT(2,5) Returns 10 Mathematical ROUND(x, num_digits) The function is used to round the number to the desired number of digits. =ROUND(2.25,1) Returns 2.3 Mathematical SIGN(x) The function is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0. =SIGN(-12) Returns -1 Mathematical SUM(argument-list) The function is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result. =SUM(5,3,2) Returns 10 Logical TRUE() The function returns 1 (TRUE) and does not require any argument. =TRUE Returns 1" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor in the text that you want to display as a hyperlink, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink to be pointed. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", "title": "Add watermark", - "body": "Watermark is a text or image placed below the main text layer. Text watermarks allow to indicate your document status (for example, confidential, draft etc.), image watermarks allow to add an image, for example your company logo. To add a watermark within a document: Switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Click the Watermark icon at the top toolbar and choose the Custom Watermark option from the menu. After that the Watermark Settings window will appear. Select a watermark type you wish to insert: Use the Text watermark option and adjust the available parameters: Language - select one of the available languages from the list, Text - select one of the available text examples on the selected language. For English, the following watermark texts are available: ASAP, CONFIDENTIAL, COPY, DO NOT COPY, DRAFT, ORIGINAL, PERSONAL, SAMPLE, TOP SECRET, URGENT. Font - select the font name and size from the corresponding drop-down lists. Use the icons on the right to set the font color or apply one of the font decoration styles: Bold, Italic, Underline, Strikeout, Semitransparent - check this box if you want to apply transparency, Layout - select the Diagonal or Horizontal option. Use the Image watermark option and adjust the available parameters: Choose the image file source using one of the buttons: From File or From URL - the image will be displayed in the preview window on the right, Scale - select the necessary scale value from the available ones: Auto, 500%, 200%, 150%, 100%, 50%. Click the OK button. To edit the added watermark, open the Watermark Settings window as described above, change the necessary parameters and click OK. To delete the added watermark click the Watermark icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and choose the Remove Watermark option from the menu. It's also possible to use the None option in the Watermark Settings window." + "body": "s A watermark is a text or image placed under the main text layer. Text watermarks allow indicating the status of your document (for example, confidential, draft etc.). Image watermarks allow adding an image, for example, the logo of your company. To add a watermark in a document: Switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Click the Watermark icon on the top toolbar and choose the Custom Watermark option from the menu. After that the Watermark Settings window will appear. Select a watermark type you wish to insert: Use the Text watermark option and adjust the available parameters: Language - select one of the available languages from the list, Text - select one of the available text examples in the selected language. For English, the following watermark texts are available: ASAP, CONFIDENTIAL, COPY, DO NOT COPY, DRAFT, ORIGINAL, PERSONAL, SAMPLE, TOP SECRET, URGENT. Font - select the font name and size from the corresponding drop-down lists. Use the icons on the right to set the font color or apply one of the font decoration styles: Bold, Italic, Underline, Strikeout, Semitransparent - check this box if you want to apply transparency, Layout - select the Diagonal or Horizontal option. Use the Image watermark option and adjust the available parameters: Choose the image file source using one of the options from the drop-down list: From File, From URL or From Storage - the image will be displayed in the preview window on the right, Scale - select the necessary scale value from the available ones: Auto, 500%, 200%, 150%, 100%, 50%. Click the OK button. To edit the added watermark, open the Watermark Settings window as described above, change the necessary parameters and click OK. To delete the added watermark click the Watermark icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and choose the Remove Watermark option from the menu. It's also possible to use the None option in the Watermark Settings window." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Align and arrange objects on a page", - "body": "The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped and ordered on a page. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects on the page. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to align objects relative to the edges of the page, Align to Margin to align objects relative to the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the page/left page margin, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the page/center of the space between the left and right page margins, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the page/right page margin, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the page/top page margin, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the page/middle of the space between the top and bottom page margins, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the page/bottom page margin. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the page or to the page margins. The Align to Margin option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that the equal distance appears between them, Click the Align icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to distribute objects between the edges of the page, Align to Margin to distribute objects between the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the page/left and right page margins. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the page/top and bottom page margins. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the arrow next to the Group icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to join several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously joined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange objects (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." + "body": "Align and arrange objects on the page The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped and ordered on the page. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects on the page. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the required objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar described below or the corresponding options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to align objects relative to the edges of the page, Align to Margin to align objects relative to the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the page/left page margin, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the page/center of the space between the left and right page margins, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the page/right page margin, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the page/top page margin, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the page/middle of the space between the top and bottom page margins, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the page/bottom page margin. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the page or to the page margins. The Align to Margin option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that there is equal space between them, Click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to distribute objects between the edges of the page, Align to Margin to distribute objects between the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the page/left and right page margins. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the page/top and bottom page margins. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the arrow next to the Group icon at the Layout tab on the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to combine several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously combined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously combined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange objects (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Align your text in a paragraph", - "body": "The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that, place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: Left alignment with the text lined up by the left side of the page (the right side remains unaligned) is done with the Align left icon situated at the top toolbar. Center alignment with the text lined up by the center of the page (the right and the left sides remains unaligned) is done with the Align center icon situated at the top toolbar. Right alignment with the text lined up by the right side of the page (the left side remains unaligned) is done with the Align right icon situated at the top toolbar. Justified alignment with the text lined up by both the left and the right sides of the page (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment) is done with the Justified icon situated at the top toolbar. The alignment parameters are also available at the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select one of the alignment types from the Alignment list: Left, Center, Right, Justified, click the OK button, to apply the changes." + "body": "The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left-aligned text, right-aligned text, centered text or justified text. To align the text, place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: Left alignment (when the text is lined up to the left side of the page with the right side remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align left icon on the top toolbar. Center alignment (when the text is lined up in the center of the page with the right and the left sides remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align center icon on the top toolbar. Right alignment (when the text is lined up to the right side of the page with the left side remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align right icon on the top toolbar. Justified alignment (when the text is lined up to both the left and the right sides of the page, and additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment) is done by clicking the Justified icon on the top toolbar. The alignment parameters are also available in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. right-click the text and choose the Paragraph - Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select one of the alignment types from the Alignment list: Left, Center, Right, Justified, click the OK button to apply the changes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "title": "Select background color for a paragraph", - "body": "Background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. To apply a background color to a certain paragraph or change the current one, select a color scheme for your document from the available ones clicking the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window. You can access it in one of the following ways: click the downward arrow next to the icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, or click the color field next to the Background Color caption at the right sidebar, or click the 'Show advanced settings' link at the right sidebar or select the 'Paragraph Advanced Settings' option in the right-click menu, then switch to the 'Borders & Fill' tab within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window and click the color field next to the Background Color caption. select any color in the available palettes After you select the necessary color using the icon, you'll be able to apply this color to any selected paragraph just clicking the icon (it displays the selected color), without the necessity to choose this color on the palette again. If you use the Background Color option at the right sidebar or within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window, remember that the selected color is not retained for quick access. (These options can be useful if you wish to select a different background color for a specific paragraph, while you are also using some general color selected with the help of the icon). To clear the background color of a certain paragraph, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window clicking the color field next to the Background Color caption at the right sidebar select the icon." + "body": "Select a background color for a paragraph A background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. To apply a background color to a certain paragraph or change the current one, select a color scheme for your document from the available ones clicking the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window. You can access it in one of the following ways: click the downward arrow next to the icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, or click the color field next to the Background Color caption on the right sidebar, or click the 'Show advanced settings' link on the right sidebar or select the 'Paragraph Advanced Settings' option on the right-click menu, then switch to the 'Borders & Fill' tab within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window and click the color field next to the Background Color caption. select any color among the available palettes After you select the required color by using the icon, you'll be able to apply this color to any selected paragraph just by clicking the icon (it displays the selected color), without having to choose this color in the palette again. If you use the Background Color option on the right sidebar or within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window, remember that the selected color is not retained for quick access. (These options can be useful if you wish to select a different background color for a specific paragraph and if you are also using some general color selected by clicking the icon). To remove the background color from a certain paragraph, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window by clicking the color field next to the Background Color caption on the right sidebar select the icon." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", "title": "Change color scheme", - "body": "Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document, since they are define the Theme Colors palette for document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you've applied some Theme Colors to document elements and then selected a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document change correspondingly. To change a color scheme, click the downward arrow next to the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary color scheme from the available ones: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, Verve. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list. Once you select the preferred color scheme, you can select colors in a color palettes window that corresponds to the document element you want to apply the color to. For most of the document elements, the color palettes window can be accessed by clicking the colored box at the right sidebar when the necessary element is selected. For the font, this window can be opened using the downward arrow next to the Font color icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following palettes are available: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the document. Standard Colors - the default colors set. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette." + "body": "Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document because they define the Theme Colors palette for different document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you applied some Theme Colors to the document elements and then select a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document will change correspondingly. To change a color scheme, click the downward arrow next to the Change color scheme icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the required color scheme from the list: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, Verve. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list. Once you select the preferred color scheme, you can select other colors in the color palettes window that corresponds to the document element you want to apply the color to. For most document elements, the color palettes window can be accessed by clicking the colored box on the right sidebar when the required element is selected. For the font, this window can be opened using the downward arrow next to the Font color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following palettes are available: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the document. Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Change text wrapping", - "body": "The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: select a separate object on the page left-clicking it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills in the open white space within the object. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the necessary values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position at the Table Position tab." + "body": "Change the text wrapping The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: left-click a separate object to select it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and precisely positioned on the page: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills the open white space within the object. To apply this effect, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the required values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the required position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position on the Table Position tab." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Copy/clear text formatting", - "body": "To copy a certain text formatting, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to. To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard. To quickly remove the applied formatting from your text, select the text passage which formatting you want to remove, click the Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar." + "body": "To copy a certain text formatting, select the text passage whose formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the required text passage to apply the same formatting. To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages, select the text passage whose formatting you need to copy with the mouse or use the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard. To quickly remove the applied formatting from your text, select the text passage whose formatting you want to remove, click the Clear style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) within the current document use the corresponding options from the right-click menu or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The text/object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text within the same document you can just select the necessary text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting the paragraph text or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Paste - allows to paste the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting. If you paste the copied table into an existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells - allows to replace the existing table contents with the pasted data. This option is selected by default. Nest table - allows to paste the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only - allows to paste the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. Undo/redo your actions To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the editor header or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon at the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon at the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation. Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) in the current document, select the corresponding options from the right-click menu or click the icons located on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selected text and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selected text to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The copied text/object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. In the online version, the key combinations below are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or a program. In the desktop version, both corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text fragments in the same document, you can just select the required text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a text paragraph or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Paste - allows pasting the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. If you copy a table and paste it into an already existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells - allows replacing the contents of the existing table with the copied data. This option is selected by default. Nest table - allows pasting the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only - allows pasting the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox. Undo/redo your actions To perform undo/redo operations, click the corresponding icons in the editor header or use the following keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon on the left side of the editor header or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon on the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation. Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Create lists", - "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated at the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. The program also creates numbered lists automatically when you enter digit 1 with a dot or a bracket and a space after it: 1., 1). Bulleted lists can be created automatically when you enter the -, * characters and a space after them. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list , Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section. Join and separate lists To join a list to the preceding one: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Join to previous list option from the contextual menu. The lists will be joined and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To separate a list: click the list item where you want to begin a new list with the right mouse button, use the Separate list option from the contextual menu. The list will be separated, and the numbering in the second list will begin anew. Change numbering To continue sequential numbering in the second list according to the previous list numbering: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Continue numbering option from the contextual menu. The numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To set a certain numbering initial value: click the list item where you want to apply a new numbering value with the right mouse button, use the Set numbering value option from the contextual menu, in a new window that opens, set the necessary numeric value and click the OK button. Change the list settings To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet/number type, alignment, size and color: click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list, click the Bullets or Numbering icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose the numbering type. The Alignment, Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists. Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Font and Symbol field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list. The following options are available: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number size corresponds to the text size. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window. To change the multilevel list settings, click a list item, click the Multilevel list icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The multilevel list settings window looks like this: Choose the necessary level of the list in the Level field on the left, then use the buttons on the top to adjust the bullet or number appearance for the selected level: Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list or the necessary character used for the bulleted list. The following options are available for the numbered list: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... For the bulleted list, you can choose one of the default symbols or use the New bullet option. When you click this option, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them at the beginning of the paragraph. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window." + "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon on the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon on the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line, a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and keep on typing common text paragraphs. The program also creates numbered lists automatically when you enter digit 1 with a dot or a bracket and a space after it: 1., 1). Bulleted lists can be created automatically when you enter the -, * characters and a space after them. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting by clicking the Multilevel list , Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed on the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section. Combine and separate lists To combine a list with the previous one: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Join to previous list option from the contextual menu. The lists will be joined and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To separate a list: click the list item where you want to begin a new list with the right mouse button, use the Separate list option from the contextual menu. The lists will be combined, and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. Change numbering To continue sequential numbering in the second list according to the previous list numbering: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Continue numbering option from the contextual menu. The numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To set a certain numbering initial value: click the list item where you want to apply a new numbering value with the right mouse button, use the Set numbering value option from the contextual menu, in the new opened window, set the required numeric value and click the OK button. Change the list settings To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet/number type, alignment, size and color: click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list, click the Bullets or Numbering icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose the numbering type. The Alignment, Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists. Bullet allows selecting the required character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Font and Symbol field, the Symbol window will appear, and you will be able to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. Type allows selecting the required numbering type used for the numbered list. The following options are available: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Alignment allows selecting the required bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally. The following alignment types are available: Left, Center, Right. Size allows selecting the required bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number size corresponds to the text size. You can choose one of the predefined sizes ranging from 8 to 96. Color allows selecting the required bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors in the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window. To change the multilevel list settings, click a list item, click the Multilevel list icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The multilevel list settings window looks like this: Choose the necessary level of the list in the Level field on the left, then use the buttons on the top to adjust the bullet or number appearance for the selected level: Type allows selecting the required numbering type used for the numbered list or the required character used for the bulleted list. The following options are available for the numbered list: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... For the bulleted list, you can choose one of the default symbols or use the New bullet option. When you click this option, the Symbol window will appear, and you will be able to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. Alignment allows selecting the required bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally at the beginning of the paragraph. The following alignment types are available: Left, Center, Right. Size allows selecting the required bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. You can choose one of the predefined sizes ranging from 8 to 96. Color allows selecting the required bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "title": "Create a Table of Contents", - "body": "A table of contents contains a list of all chapters (sections etc.) in a document and displays the numbers of the pages where each chapter is started. This allows to easily navigate through a multi-page document quickly switching to the necessary part of the text. The table of contents is generated automatically on the base of the document headings formatted using built-in styles. This makes it easy to update the created table of contents without the necessity to edit headings and change page numbers manually if the document text has been changed. Define the heading structure Format headings First of all, format headings in you document using one of the predefined styles. To do that, Select the text you want to include into the table of contents. Open the style menu on the right side of the Home tab at the top toolbar. Click the style you want to apply. By default, you can use the Heading 1 - Heading 9 styles. Note: if you want to use other styles (e.g. Title, Subtitle etc.) to format headings that will be included into the table of contents, you will need to adjust the table of contents settings first (see the corresponding section below). To learn more about available formatting styles, you can refer to this page. Manage headings Once the headings are formatted, you can click the Navigation icon at the left sidebar to open the panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. This panel allows to easily navigate between headings in the document text as well as manage the heading structure. Right-click on a heading in the list and use one of the available options from the menu: Promote - to move the currently selected heading up to the higher level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 2 to Heading 1. Demote - to move the currently selected heading down to the lower level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 1 to Heading 2. New heading before - to add a new empty heading of the same level before the currently selected one. New heading after - to add a new empty heading of the same level after the currently selected one. New subheading - to add a new empty subheading (i.e. a heading with lower level) after the currently selected heading. When the heading or subheading is added, click on the added empty heading in the list and type in your own text. This can be done both in the document text and on the Navigation panel itself. Select content - to select the text below the current heading in the document (including the text related to all subheadings of this heading). Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Navigation panel. Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Navigation panel. Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed. To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings. To close the Navigation panel, click the Navigation icon at the left sidebar once again. Insert a Table of Contents into the document To insert a table of contents into your document: Position the insertion point where you want to add the table of contents. Switch to the References tab of the top toolbar. Click the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to this icon and select the necessary layout option from the menu. You can select the table of contents that displays headings, page numbers and leaders, or headings only. Note: the table of content appearance can be adjusted later via the table of contents settings. The table of contents will be added at the current cursor position. To change the position of the table of contents, you can select the table of contents field (content control) and simply drag it to the desired place. To do that, click the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. To navigate between headings, press the Ctrl key and click the necessary heading within the table of contents field. You will go to the corresponding page. Adjust the created Table of Contents Refresh the Table of Contents After the table of contents is created, you may continue editing your text by adding new chapters, changing their order, removing some paragraphs, or expanding the text related to a heading so that the page numbers that correspond to the preceding or subsequent section may change. In this case, use the Refresh option to automatically apply all changes to the table of contents. Click the arrow next to the Refresh icon at the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh entire table - to add the headings that you added to the document, remove the ones you deleted from the document, update the edited (renamed) headings as well as update page numbers. Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Alternatively, you can select the table of contents in the document text and click the Refresh icon at the top of the table of contents field to display the above mentioned options. It's also possible to right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the corresponding options from the contextual menu. Adjust the Table of Contents settings To open the table of contents settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and select the Settings option from the menu. Select the table of contents in the document text, click the arrow next to the table of contents field title and select the Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the Table of contents settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings: Show page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to display page numbers or not. Right align page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to align page numbers by the right side of the page or not. Leader - this option allows to choose the leader type you want to use. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between a heading and a corresponding page number. It's also possible to select the None option if you do not want to use leaders. Format Table of Contents as links - this option is checked by default. If you uncheck it, you will not be able to switch to the necessary chapter by pressing Ctrl and clicking the corresponding heading. Build table of contents from - this section allows to specify the necessary number of outline levels as well as the default styles that will be used to create the table of contents. Check the necessary radio button: Outline levels - when this option is selected, you will be able to adjust the number of hierarchical levels used in the table of contents. Click the arrows in the Levels field to decrease or increase the number of levels (the values from 1 to 9 are available). E.g., if you select the value of 3, headings that have levels 4 - 9 will not be included into the table of contents. Selected styles - when this option is selected, you can specify additional styles that can be used to build the table of contents and assign a corresponding outline level to each of them. Specify the desired level value in the field to the right of the style. Once you save the settings, you will be able to use this style when creating the table of contents. Styles - this options allows to select the desired appearance of the table of contents. Select the necessary style from the drop-down list. The preview field above displays how the table of contents should look like. The following four default styles are available: Simple, Standard, Modern, Classic. The Current option is used if you customize the table of contents style. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. Customize the Table of Contents style After you apply one of the default table of contents styles within the Table of Contents settings window, you can additionally modify this style so that the text within the table of contents field looks like you need. Select the text within the table of contents field, e.g. pressing the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents content control. Format table of contents items changing their font type, size, color or applying the font decoration styles. Consequently update styles for items of each level. To update the style, right-click the formatted item, select the Formatting as Style option from the contextual menu and click the Update toc N style option (toc 2 style corresponds to items that have level 2, toc 3 style corresponds to items with level 3 and so on). Refresh the table of contents. Remove the Table of Contents To remove the table of contents from the document: click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and use the Remove table of contents option, or click the arrow next to the table of contents content control title and use the Remove table of contents option." + "body": "A table of contents contains a list of all the chapters (sections, etc.) in a document and displays the numbers of the pages where each chapter begins. It allows easily navigating through a multi-page document and quickly switching to the required part of the text. The table of contents is generated automatically on the basis of the document headings formatted using built-in styles. This makes it easy to update the created table of contents without having to edit the headings and change the page numbers manually if the text of the document has been changed. Define the heading structure Format headings First of all, format the headings in your document using one of the predefined styles. To do that, Select the text you want to include into the table of contents. Open the style menu on the right side of the Home tab at the top toolbar. Click the required style to be applied. By default, you can use the Heading 1 - Heading 9 styles. Note: if you want to use other styles (e.g. Title, Subtitle etc.) to format headings that will be included into the table of contents, you will need to adjust the table of contents settings first (see the corresponding section below). To learn more about available formatting styles, please refer to this page. Manage headings Once the headings are formatted, you can click the Navigation icon on the left sidebar to open the panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. This panel allows easily navigating between headings in the document text as well as managing the heading structure. Right-click on a heading in the list and use one of the available options from the menu: Promote - to move the currently selected heading up to the higher level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 2 to Heading 1. Demote - to move the currently selected heading down to the lower level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 1 to Heading 2. New heading before - to add a new empty heading of the same level before the currently selected one. New heading after - to add a new empty heading of the same level after the currently selected one. New subheading - to add a new empty subheading (i.e. a heading with lower level) after the currently selected heading. When the heading or subheading is added, click on the added empty heading in the list and type in your own text. This can be done both in the document text and on the Navigation panel itself. Select content - to select the text below the current heading in the document (including the text related to all subheadings of this heading). Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Navigation panel. Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Navigation panel. Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed. To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings. To close the Navigation panel, click the Navigation icon on the left sidebar once again. Insert a Table of Contents into the document To insert a table of contents into your document: Position the insertion point where the table of contents should be added. Switch to the References tab of the top toolbar. Click the Table of Contents icon on the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to this icon and select the necessary layout option from the menu. You can select the table of contents that displays headings, page numbers and leaders, or headings only. Note: the table of content appearance can be adjusted later via the table of contents settings. The table of contents will be added at the current cursor position. To change the position of the table of contents, you can select the table of contents field (content control) and simply drag it to the desired place. To do that, click the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. To navigate between headings, press the Ctrl key and click the necessary heading within the table of contents field. You will go to the corresponding page. Adjust the created Table of Contents Refresh the Table of Contents After the table of contents is created, you can continue editing your text by adding new chapters, changing their order, removing some paragraphs, or expanding the text related to a heading so that the page numbers that correspond to the previous or the following section may change. In this case, use the Refresh option to automatically apply all changes to the table of contents. Click the arrow next to the Refresh icon on the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh entire table - to add the headings that you added to the document, remove the ones you deleted from the document, update the edited (renamed) headings as well as update page numbers. Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Alternatively, you can select the table of contents in the document text and click the Refresh icon at the top of the table of contents field to display the above mentioned options. It's also possible to right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the corresponding options from the contextual menu. Adjust the Table of Contents settings To open the table of contents settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon on the top toolbar and select the Settings option from the menu. Select the table of contents in the document text, click the arrow next to the table of contents field title and select the Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the Table of contents settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open, and you will be able to adjust the following settings: Show page numbers - this option allows displaying the page numbers. Right align page numbers - this option allows aligning the page numbers on the right side of the page. Leader - this option allows choose the required leader type. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between a heading and the corresponding page number. It's also possible to select the None option if you do not want to use leaders. Format Table of Contents as links - this option is checked by default. If you uncheck it, you will not be able to switch to the necessary chapter by pressing Ctrl and clicking the corresponding heading. Build table of contents from - this section allows specifying the necessary number of outline levels as well as the default styles that will be used to create the table of contents. Check the necessary radio button: Outline levels - when this option is selected, you will be able to adjust the number of hierarchical levels used in the table of contents. Click the arrows in the Levels field to decrease or increase the number of levels (the values from 1 to 9 are available). E.g., if you select the value of 3, headings that have levels 4 - 9 will not be included into the table of contents. Selected styles - when this option is selected, you can specify additional styles that can be used to build the table of contents and assign the corresponding outline level to each of them. Specify the desired level value in the field on the right of the style. Once you save the settings, you will be able to use this style when creating a table of contents. Styles - this options allows selecting the desired appearance of the table of contents. Select the necessary style from the drop-down list. The preview field above displays how the table of contents should look like. The following four default styles are available: Simple, Standard, Modern, Classic. The Current option is used if you customize the table of contents style. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. Customize the Table of Contents style After you apply one of the default table of contents styles within the Table of Contents settings window, you can additionally modify this style so that the text within the table of contents field looks like you need. Select the text within the table of contents field, e.g. pressing the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents content control. Format table of contents items changing their font type, size, color or applying the font decoration styles. Consequently update styles for items of each level. To update the style, right-click the formatted item, select the Formatting as Style option from the contextual menu and click the Update toc N style option (toc 2 style corresponds to items that have level 2, toc 3 style corresponds to items with level 3 and so on). Refresh the table of contents. Remove the Table of Contents To remove the table of contents from the document: click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon on the top toolbar and use the Remove table of contents option, or click the arrow next to the table of contents content control title and use the Remove table of contents option." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "title": "Apply font decoration styles", - "body": "You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Superscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. To access advanced font settings, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. Then the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window will open where you need to switch to the Font tab. Here you can use the following font decoration styles and settings: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. Position is used to set the characters position (vertical offset) in the line. Increase the default value to move characters upwards, or decrease the default value to move characters downwards. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below." + "body": "You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the already existing text in the document, select it with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the formatting. Bold Used to make the font bold giving it a heavier appearance. Italic Used to make the font slightly slanted to the right. Underline Used to make the text underlined with a line going under the letters. Strikeout Used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Superscript Used to make the text smaller placing it in the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Used to make the text smaller placing it in the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. To access the advanced font settings, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. Then the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window will appear, and you will need to switch to the Font tab. Here you can use the following font decoration styles and settings: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller placing it in the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller placing it in the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. Position is used to set the characters position (vertical offset) in the line. Increase the default value to move characters upwards, or decrease the default value to move characters downwards. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "title": "Set font type, size, and color", - "body": "You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Is used to change the font size making it larger one point each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Is used to change the font size making it smaller one point each time the button is pressed. Highlight color Is used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates highlighter pen effect around the text. You can select the necessary part of the text and then click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color on the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the text selection. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting just click the icon once again. To clear the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. Highlight color is different from the Background color as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color into black, the font color will automatically change into white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors on the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage. Note: to learn more about the work with color palettes, please refer to this page." + "body": "Set the font type, size, and color You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the already existing text in the document, select it with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Used to select a font from the list of the the available fonts. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available in the desktop version. Font size Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value in the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the button is pressed. Highlight color Used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates the highlighter pen effect throughout the text. You can select the required part of the text and click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color in the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the selected text. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting, just click the icon once again. To delete the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. The Highlight color is different from the Background color as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color to black, the font color will automatically change to white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors in the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage. Note: to learn more about color palettes, please refer to this page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "title": "Apply formatting styles", - "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document. Style application depends on whether a style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or the text style (based on the font type, size, color), as well as on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is positioned within a word. In some cases you might need to select the necessary style from the style library twice so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style at the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to, select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." + "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures the consistent appearance of the whole document. Applying a style depends on whether this style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or a text style (based on the font type, size, color). It also depends on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is placed on a word. In some cases you might need to select the required style from the style library twice, so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style in the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs, select the required style from the style gallery on the right on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs in the document formatted with this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the opened Create New Style window: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon at the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article. Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display shape with shadow. Adjust autoshape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the autoshape moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two autoshapes overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon on the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where the shape should be added, once the autoshape is added, you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption to an autoshape, make sure the required shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The added text becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article. Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the required position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is not inline). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send it to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape to the left, in the center, to the right, at the top, in the middle, at the bottom. To learn more on how to align objects, please refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File by selecting it on your computer hard disc drive, From URL by inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window, or From Storage by selecting the required image stored on your portal. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display the shape with a shadow. Adjust autoshape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the autoshape moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes it possible for two autoshapes to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows specifying the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows setting the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows setting the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows setting the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows changing the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the shape contains." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "title": "Add bookmarks", - "body": "Bookmarks allow to quickly jump to a certain position in the current document or add a link to this location within the document. To add a bookmark within a document: specify the place where you want the bookmark to be added: put the mouse cursor at the beginning of the necessary text passage, or select the necessary text passage, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Bookmark icon at the top toolbar, in the Bookmarks window that opens, enter the Bookmark name and click the Add button - a bookmark will be added to the bookmark list displayed below, Note: the bookmark name should begin wish a letter, but it can also contain numbers. The bookmark name cannot contain spaces, but can include the underscore character \"_\". To go to one of the added bookmarks within the document text: click the Bookmark icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Bookmarks window that opens, select the bookmark you want to jump to. To easily find the necessary bookmark in the list you can sort the list by bookmark Name or by Location of a bookmark within the document text, check the Hidden bookmarks option to display hidden bookmarks in the list (i.e. the bookmarks automatically created by the program when adding references to a certain part of the document. For example, if you create a hyperlink to a certain heading within the document, the document editor automatically creates a hidden bookmark to the target of this link). click the Go to button - the cursor will be positioned in the location within the document where the selected bookmark was added, or the corresponding text passage will be selected, click the Get Link button - a new window will open where you can press the Copy button to copy the link to the file which specifyes the bookmark location in the document. When you paste this link in a browser address bar and press Enter, the document will open in the location where the selected bookmark was added. Note: if you want to share this link with other users, you'll also need to provide corresponding access rights to the file for certain users using the Sharing option at the Collaboration tab. click the Close button to close the window. To delete a bookmark select it in the bookmark list and use the Delete button. To find out how to use bookmarks when creating links please refer to the Add hyperlinks section." + "body": "Bookmarks allow quickly access a certain part of the text or add a link to its location in the document. To add a bookmark in a document: specify the place where you want the bookmark to be added: put the mouse cursor at the beginning of the necessary text passage, or select the necessary text passage, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Bookmark icon on the top toolbar, in the Bookmarks window, enter the Bookmark name and click the Add button - a bookmark will be added to the bookmark list displayed below, Note: the bookmark name should begin with a letter, but it can also contain numbers. The bookmark name cannot contain spaces, but can include the underscore character \"_\". To access one of the added bookmarks within in the text: click the Bookmark icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you want to access. To easily find the required bookmark in the list, you can sort the list of bookmarks by Name or by Location in the text, check the Hidden bookmarks option to display hidden bookmarks in the list (i.e. the bookmarks automatically created by the program when adding references to a certain part of the document. For example, if you create a hyperlink to a certain heading within the document, the document editor automatically creates a hidden bookmark to the target of this link). click the Go to button - the cursor will be positioned where the selected bookmark was added to the text, or the corresponding text passage will be selected, click the Get Link button - a new window will open where you can press the Copy button to copy the link to the file which specifyes the bookmark location in the document. When you paste this link in a browser address bar and press Enter, the document will be opened where the selected bookmark was added. Note: if you want to share this link with other users, you'll need to provide them with the corresponding access rights using the Sharing option on the Collaboration tab. click the Close button to close the window. To delete a bookmark, select it in the bookmark list and click the Delete button. To find out how to use bookmarks when creating links please refer to the Add hyperlinks section." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insert charts", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current chart Width and Height. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the chart moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two charts overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart." + "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, place the cursor where the chart should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings by clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows specifying whether to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows specifying which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine the representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type the required text. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style of the shape. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel, you can both adjust the chart area itself and change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the Width and Height of the current chart. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. You can also find some of these options in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send it to the background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height of the chart. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the chart moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes it possible for two charts to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "title": "Insert content controls", - "body": "Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted etc. Note: the possibility to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them. Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. Plain Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph. Rich Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.). Picture is an object containing a single image. Combo box is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows to choose one of the predefined values from the list and edit the selected value if necessary. Drop-down list is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows to choose one of the predefined values from the list. The selected value cannot be edited. Date is an object containing a calendar that allows to choose a date. Check box is an object that allows to display two states: check box is selected and check box is cleared. Adding content controls Create a new Plain Text content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added, or select a text passage you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Plain Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc. Create a new Rich Text content control position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added, or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Rich Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc. Create a new Picture content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Picture option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. click the image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open. The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image. Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created in nearly the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced with your own one. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the window that opens: specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document. by default, the text in the Value field corresponds to the one entered in the Display name field. If you want to edit the text in the Value field, note that the entered value must be unique for each item. click the OK button. you can edit or delete the list items by using the Edit or Delete buttons on the right or change the item order using the Up and Down button. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text replacing it with your own one entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow to edit the selected item. Create a new Date content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Date option from the menu - the control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Date format tab. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list. click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Date content control to open the calendar and choose the necessary date. Create a new Check box content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Check box option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Check box tab. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode. If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list. Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Moving content controls Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Editing plain text and rich text content controls Text within the plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops. Changing content control settings No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window. To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open. At the General tab, you can adjust the following settings: Specify the content control Title or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected in the document. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make reference to them in your code. Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose this box Color using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document. At the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings: Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted. Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited. For certain types of content controls, the third tab is also available that contains the settings specific for the selected content control type only: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color: Click the button to the left of the control border to select the control, Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar, Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu, Select the necessary color on the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option. The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document. Removing content controls To remove a control and leave all its contents, click the content control to select it, then proceed in one of the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu. Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu. To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard." + "body": "Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted, etc. Note: the feature to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them. Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. Plain Text is an object containing text that cannot be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph. Rich Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.). Picture is an object containing a single image. Combo box is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows choosing one of the predefined values from the list and edit the selected value if necessary. Drop-down list is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows choosing one of the predefined values from the list. The selected value cannot be edited. Date is an object containing a calendar that allows choosing a date. Check box is an object that allows displaying two states: the check box is selected and the check box is cleared. Adding content controls Create a new Plain Text content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added, or select a text passage to transform it into a content control. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Plain Text option from the menu. The content control will be inserted at the insertion point within existing text line. Replace the default text within the content control (\"Your text here\") with your own text: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. The Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables, etc. Create a new Rich Text content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added, or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Rich Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc. Create a new Picture content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Picture option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point. click the image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open. The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image. Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created amost in the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the the opened window: specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document. by default, the text in the Value field corresponds to the one entered in the Display name field. If you want to edit the text in the Value field, note that the entered value must be unique for each item. click the OK button. you can edit or delete the list items by using the Edit or Delete buttons on the right or change the item order using the Up and Down button. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text by replacing it with your text entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow editing the selected item. Create a new Date content control position the insertion point within the text where content control should be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Date option from the menu - the content control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Date format tab. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list. click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Date content control to open the calendar and choose the necessary date. Create a new Check box content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Check box option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Check box tab. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode. If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list. Note: The content control border is only visible when the control is selected. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Moving content controls Content controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text. You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Editing plain text and rich text content controls Text within plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted by using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops, etc. Changing content control settings No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window. To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open. Ot the General tab, you can adjust the following settings: Specify the content control Title, Placeholder, or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected. The placeholder is the main text displayed within the content control element. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make a reference to them in your code. Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose the Color of this box using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document. On the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings: Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted. Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited. For certain types of content controls, the third tab that contains the specific settings for the selected content control type is also available: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color: Click the button on the left of the control border to select the control, Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar, Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu, Choose the required color from the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option. The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document. Removing content controls To remove a content control and leave all its contents, select a content control, then proceed in one of the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu. Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu. To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", + "title": "Insert date and time", + "body": "To isnert Date and time into your document, put the cursor where you want to insert Date and time, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Date & time icon on the top toolbar, in the Date & time window that will appear, specify the following parameters: Select the required language. Select one of the suggested formats. Check the Update automatically checkbox to let the date & time update automatically based on the current state. Note: you can also update the date and time manually by using the Refresh field option from the contextual menu. Click the Set as default button to make the current format the default for this language. Click the OK button." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "title": "Insert a drop cap", - "body": "A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height. To add a drop cap, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Drop Cap icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the option you need: In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph. In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin. The first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need. To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame. To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None option from the drop-down list. To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will open: The Drop Cap tab allows to set the following parameters: Position - is used to change the drop cap placement. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap. Font - is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. Height in rows - is used to specify how many lines the drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10. Distance from text - is used to specify the amount of space between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the frame that surrounds the drop cap. The Borders & Fill tab allows to add a border around the drop cap and adjust its parameters. They are the following: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to. Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background. The Margins tab allows to set the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added). Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open: The Frame tab allows to set the following parameters: Position - is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. Or you can click None to delete the frame. Width and Height - are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows to automatically adjust the frame size to fit the drop cap in it. The Exactly option allows to specify fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value). Horizontal parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Vertical parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Move with text - controls whether the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored moves. The Borders & Fill and Margins tabs allow to set just the same parameters as at the tabs of the same name in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window." + "body": "A drop cap is a large capital letter used at the beginning of a paragraph or section. The size of a drop cap is usually several lines. To add a drop cap, place the cursor within the required paragraph, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Drop Cap icon on the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the option you need: In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph. In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin. The first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need. To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame. To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None option from the drop-down list. To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will appear: The Drop Cap tab allows adjusting the following parameters: Position is used to change the placement of a drop cap. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap. Font is used to select a font from the list of the available fonts. Height in rows is used to define how many lines a drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10. Distance from text is used to specify the amount of spacing between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the drop cap frame. The Borders & Fill tab allows adding a border around a drop cap and adjusting its parameters. They are the following: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to. Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background. The Margins tab allows setting the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added). Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open: The Frame tab allows adjusting the following parameters: Position is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. You can also click None to delete the frame. Width and Height are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows automatically adjusting the frame size to fit the drop cap. The Exactly option allows specifying fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value). Horizontal parameters are used either to set the exact position of the frame in the selected units of measurement with respect to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) with respect to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Vertical parameters are used either to set the exact position of the frame is the selected units of measurement with respect to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) with respect to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Move with text is used to make sure that the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored. The Borders & Fill and Margins allow adjusting the same parameters as the corresponding tabs in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insert equations", - "body": "Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, put the cursor within the necessary line , switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation left or right, click on the equation box and use the or icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut. It's also possible to add a caption to the equation. To learn more on how to work with captions for equations, you can refer to this article. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down. If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the and buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. This option is also available for equations of other types if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents, etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, put the cursor within the necessary line , switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon on the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation to the left or to the right, click on the equation box and use the or icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Each equation template represents a set of slots. A slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut. It's also possible to add a caption to the equation. To learn more on how to work with captions for equations, please refer to this article. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within the placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down. If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu on the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description), add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit a single line, automatic line breaking occurs while typing. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the and buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging it. The selected part will be highlighted in blue. Then use the necessary buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selected part. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed on the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select it by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. This option is also available for equations of other types if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column. Convert equations If you open an existing document containing equations which were created with an old version of equation editor (for example, with MS Office versions before 2007), you need to convert these equations to the Office Math ML format to be able to edit them. To convert an equation, double-click it. The warning window will appear: To convert the selected equation only, click the Yes button in the warning window. To convert all equations in this document, check the Apply to all equations box and click Yes. Once the equation is converted, you can edit it." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Insert footnotes", - "body": "You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc. To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens: Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list to select if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When ready, click the Apply button. To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu." + "body": "You can insert footnotes to add explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources, etc. To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add the footnote to, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon on the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. To easily navigate through the added footnotes in the text of the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When you finish, click the Apply button. To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Insert headers and footers", - "body": "To add a header or footer to your document or edit the existing one, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options: Edit Header to insert or edit the header text. Edit Footer to insert or edit the footer text. change the current parameters for headers or footers at the right sidebar: Set the Position of text relative to the top (for headers) or bottom (for footers) of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that the same headers/footers are applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different headers/footers for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. To enter a text or edit the already entered text and adjust the header or footer settings, you can also double-click within the upper or lower part of a page or click with the right mouse button there and select the only menu option - Edit Header or Edit Footer. To switch to the document body, double-click within the working area. The text you use as a header or footer will be displayed in gray. Note: please refer to the Insert page numbers section to learn how to add page numbers to your document." + "body": "To add a new header or footer to your document or edit one that already exists, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon on the top toolbar, select one of the following options: Edit Header to insert or edit the header text. Edit Footer to insert or edit the footer text. change the current parameters for headers or footers on the right sidebar: Set the Position of the text: to the top for headers or to the bottom for footers. Check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that the same headers/footers are applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different headers/footers for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. To enter a text or edit the already entered text and adjust the header or footer settings, you can also double-click anywhere on the top or bottom margin of your document or click with the right mouse button there and select the only menu option - Edit Header or Edit Footer. To switch to the document body, double-click within the working area. The text you use as a header or footer will be displayed in gray. Note: please refer to the Insert page numbers section to learn how to add page numbers to your document." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insert images", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position. It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the actual image size clicking the Actual Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Crop is used to apply one of the cropping options: Crop, Fill or Fit. Select the Crop option from the submenu, then drag the cropping handles to set the cropping area, and click one of these three options from the submenu once again to apply the changes. Actual Size is used to change the current image size to the actual one. Replace image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust image advanced settings To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image." + "body": "In the Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon on the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open a standard dialog window for to select a file. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the web address of the requiredimage, and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added, you can change its size, properties, and position. It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is different from the inline). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the Width and Height of the current image. If necessary, you can restore the actual image size clicking the Actual Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows you to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop the two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while the other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the height and the width of the cropping area. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image by loading another one From File, From Storage, or From URL. You can also find some of these options in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send it to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the image to the left, in the center, to the right, at the top, in the middle or at the bottom. To learn more on how to align objects, please refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Crop is used to apply one of the cropping options: Crop, Fill or Fit. Select the Crop option from the submenu, then drag the cropping handles to set the cropping area, and click one of these three options from the submenu once again to apply the changes. Actual Size is used to change the current image size to the actual one. Replace image is used to replace the current image by loading another one From File or From URL. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. On the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust image advanced settings To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the image moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes is possible for two images to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the image contains." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Insert page numbers", - "body": "To insert page numbers into your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, choose the Insert Page Number submenu, select one of the following options: To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page. To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry): put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, select the Insert number of pages option. To edit the page number settings, double-click the page number added, change the current parameters at the right sidebar: Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. The Page Numbering section allows to adjust page numbering options across different sections of the document. The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and allows to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the necessary starting value in the field on the right. To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area." + "body": "To insert page numbers into your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon on the top toolbar, choose the Insert Page Number submenu, select one of the following options: To add a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page. To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry): put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages, click the Header/Footer icon on the top toolbar, select the Insert number of pages option. To edit the page number settings, double-click the page number added, change the current parameters on the right sidebar: Set the Position of page numbers on the page accordingly to the top and bottom of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. The Page Numbering section allows adjusting page numbering options throughout different sections of the document. The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and makes it possible to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the required starting value in the field on the right. To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Insert symbols and characters", - "body": "During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor at the location where a special symbol has to be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box appears from which you can select the appropriate symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters other than the standard set. Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. Previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols might also be found via Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously presss Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the nesessary characters, copy them to clipboard and paste in the right place of the document." + "body": "To insert a special symbol which can not be typed on the keybord, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If the required character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters which differ from the standard set. Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols The ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down the ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release the ALT key. Insert symbols using the Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do of the following: in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously presss Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the required characters, copy them to the clipboard and paste where necessary." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insert tables", - "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into the document text, place the cursor where you want the table to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. If you want to draw a table using the mouse, select the Draw Table option. This can be useful, if you want to create a table with rows and colums of different sizes. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a rectangular shape where you want to add a table, then add rows by drawing horizontal lines and columns by drawing vertical lines within the table boundary. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position. To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border up or down. To move a table, hold down the handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document. It's also possible to add a caption to the table. To learn more on how to work with captions for tables, you can refer to this article. Select a table or its part To select an entire table, click the handle in its upper left corner. To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow , then left-click. It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. Adjust table settings Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table. Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window opens. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK. Delete is used to delete a row, column, table or cells. If you select the Cells option, the Delete Cells window will open, where you can select if you want to Shift cells left, Delete entire row, or Delete entire column. Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser . Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it. Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column. Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height. Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width. Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell. Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate Text Down), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate Text Up). Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink. Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window. You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar: Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted. For rows: Header - to highlight the first row Total - to highlight the last row Banded - to highlight every other row For columns: First - to highlight the first column Last - to highlight the last column Banded - to highlight every other column Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones. Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color. Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell. Rows & Columns Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. Add formula is used to insert a formula into the selected table cell. Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables. Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Adjust table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table. The Table Size section contains the following parameters: Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height. Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells. The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default. The Options section allows to change the following parameter: Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color. The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells. The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width. The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually. The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged. The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab). Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab. The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters: Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text. Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text. The Options section allows to change the following parameters: Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves. Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table). After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables: For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left. For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table." + "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into the document text, place the cursor where the table should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon on the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. If you want to draw a table using the mouse, select the Draw Table option. This can be useful, if you want to create a table with rows and colums of different sizes. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a rectangular shape where you want to add a table, then add rows by drawing horizontal lines and columns by drawing vertical lines within the table boundary. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position. To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border up or down. To move a table, hold down the handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document. It's also possible to add a caption to the table. To learn more on how to work with captions for tables, you can refer to this article. Select a table or its part To select an entire table, click the handle in its upper left corner. To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow , then left-click. It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section on the right sidebar. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. Adjust table settings Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table. Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window will appear. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK. Delete is used to delete a row, column, table or cells. If you select the Cells option, the Delete Cells window will open, where you can select if you want to Shift cells left, Delete entire row, or Delete entire column. Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon on the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser . Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it. Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon on the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column. Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height. Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width. Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell. Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate Text Down), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate Text Up). Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink. Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window. You can also change the table properties on the right sidebar: Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted. For rows: Header - to highlight the first row Total - to highlight the last row Banded - to highlight every other row For columns: First - to highlight the first column Last - to highlight the last column Banded - to highlight every other column Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones. Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color. Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell. Rows & Columns Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. Add formula is used to insert a formula into the selected table cell. Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables. Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Adjust table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Table tab allows changing the properties of the entire table. The Table Size section contains the following parameters: Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. Measure in allows specifying the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height. Automatically resize to fit contents - allows automatically change the width of each column in accordance with the text within its cells. The Default Cell Margins section allows changing the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default. The Options section allows changing the following parameter: Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color. The Cell tab allows changing the properties of individual cells. First you need to select the required cell or select the entire table to change the properties of all its cells. The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: Preferred width - allows setting the preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit, but in some cases, it may not be possible to fit this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced. Measure in - allows specifying the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width. The Cell Margins allows adjusting the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, the standard values are used (the default, these values can also be altered on the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually. The Cell Options section allows changing the following parameter: The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows wrapping the text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged. The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. Note: in case you choose not to show the table borders by clicking the button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated with a dotted line in the document. To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab). Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected on the Table tab. The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option on the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters: Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text. Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text. The Options section allows changing the following parameters: Move object with text ensures that the table moves with the text. Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table). After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables: For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left. For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position on the Table Position tab. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the table." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insert text objects", - "body": "To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, wrapping style or replace the rectangular box with a different shape, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, rotate or flip a text box, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects you can refer to this page. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can: align the text horizontally within the text box adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box insert a hyperlink You can also click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar and change some style parameters. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of letters with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the letters with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Note: if one of these two options is selected, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Adjust the font Stroke width, color and type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + "body": "To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows entering text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows applying some effects to the text). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon on the top toolbar, then click where the text box should be added, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon on the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon on the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As the inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default), and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box by clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box, use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, wrapping style or replace the rectangular box with a different shape, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, rotate or flip a text box, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects, please refer to this page. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change the text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In thus case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to the previously selected text fragment separately. To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can: align the text horizontally within the text box adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box insert a hyperlink You can also click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar and change some style parameters. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style by selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of letters. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the letters with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Note: if one of these two options is selected, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Adjust the font Stroke width, color and type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Set paragraph line spacing", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, use the corresponding fields at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - check this box in case you don't need any space between paragraphs of the same style. These parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar. Then switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and go to the Spacing section. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines." + "body": "In the Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current paragraph and the previous one or the subsequent paragraphs. To do that, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, use the corresponding fields on the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic in the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing defines the amount of spacing between paragraphs. Before defines the amount of spacing before the paragraph. After defines the amount of spacing after the paragraph. Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - please check this box if you don't need any spacing between paragraphs of the same style. These parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar. Then switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and go to the Spacing section. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the required value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "Use Math AutoCorrect", + "body": "When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Document Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Proofing section. Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Show/hide nonprinting characters", - "body": "Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen. To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination. Nonprinting characters include: Spaces Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. It creates a space between characters. Tabs Inserted when you press the Tab key. It's used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop. Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Inserted when you press the Enter key. It ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. It contains information about the paragraph formatting. Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. It breaks the current line and puts lines of text close together. Soft return is primarily used in titles and headings. Nonbreaking spaces Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. It creates a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line. Page breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Page Break option, or select the Page break before option in the right-click menu or advanced settings window. Section breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Column breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables These markers contain formatting codes for the individual cell and row, respectively. Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph It indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before. Anchor symbols They indicate the position of floating objects (those with a wrapping style other than Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible." + "body": "Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting elements, but they cannot be printed with the document even if they are displayed on the screen. To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination. Nonprinting characters include: Spaces Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. They create a space between characters. Tabs Inserted when you press the Tab key. They are used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop. Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Inserted when you press the Enter key. They ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. They also contain information about the paragraph formatting. Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. They break the current line and put the text lines close together. Soft return are primarily used in titles and headings. Nonbreaking spaces Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. They create a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line. Page breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tabs of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Page Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Section breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Column breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables Contain formatting codes for an individual cell and a row, respectively. Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph Indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before. Anchor symbols Indicate the position of floating objects (objects whose wrapping style is different from Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Create a new document or open an existing one", - "body": "To create a new document In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Document menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the document to (DOCX, Document template (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing document In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar, choose the necessary document from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary document in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open documents by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited document In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar, choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." + "body": "To create a new document In the online editor click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Document menu item from the Create new section on the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the required format for saving (DOCX, Document template (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing document In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item on the left sidebar, choose the required document from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the required document in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If text documents are associated with the application you need, you can also open them by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have navigated through using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the required folder to select one of the files stored there. To open a recently edited document In the online editor click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item on the left sidebar, choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab in the online editor in the file explorer window in the desktop editor, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "title": "Insert page breaks", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can add a page break to start a new page, insert a blank page and adjust pagination options. To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination. To insert a blank page at the current cursor position click the Blank Page icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar. This inserts two page breaks that creates a blank page. To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page: click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box at the Line & Page Breaks tab of the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph), click the right mouse button and select the Keep lines together option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box at the Line & Page Breaks in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The Line & Page Breaks tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options: Keep with next - is used to prevent a page break between the selected paragraph and the next one. Orphan control - is selected by default and used to prevent a single line of the paragraph (the first or last) from appearing at the top or bottom of the page." + "body": "In the Document Editor, you can add a page break to start a new page, insert a blank page and adjust pagination options. To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination. To insert a blank page at the current cursor position click the Blank Page icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar. This action inserts two page breaks that create a blank page. To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page: click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box at the Line & Page Breaks tab of the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph), click the right mouse button and select the Keep lines together option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option on the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box at the Line & Page Breaks in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The Line & Page Breaks tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options: Keep with next - is used to prevent a page break between the selected paragraph and the next one. Orphan control - is selected by default and used to prevent a single line of the paragraph (the first or last) from appearing at the top or bottom of the page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "title": "Change paragraph indents", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left part of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and set the necessary parameters in the Indents section: Left - set the paragraph offset from the left side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, click the OK button. To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left side of the page for the first line of the paragraph. Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left side of the page for the second line and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left side of the page. Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page." + "body": "the Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left side of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page. To do that, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and set the necessary parameters in the Indents section: Left - set the paragraph offset from the left side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, click the OK button. To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. The First Line Indent marker is used to set an offset from the left side of the page for the first line of the paragraph. The Hanging Indent marker is used to set an offset from the left side of the page for the second line and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. The Left Indent marker is used to set an offset for the entire paragraph from the left side of the page. The Right Indent marker is used to set a paragraph offset from the right side of the page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/download/print your document", - "body": "Save/download/ print your document Saving By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current document, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu. In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." + "body": "Save/download/ print your document Saving By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it to prevent your data loss in case the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If necessary, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data from loss in case program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current document, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click and choose option Print selection). In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "title": "Insert section breaks", - "body": "Section breaks allow you to apply a different layout or formatting for the certain parts of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section. Note: an inserted section break defines formatting of the preceding part of the document. To insert a section break at the current cursor position: click the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar, select the Insert Section Break submenu select the necessary section break type: Next Page - to start a new section from the next page Continuous Page - to start a new section at the current page Even Page - to start a new section from the next even page Odd Page - to start a new section from the next odd page Added section breaks are indicated in your document by a double dotted line: If you do not see the inserted section breaks, click the icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a section break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. Since a section break defines formatting of the preceding section, when you remove a section break, this section formatting will also be deleted. The document part that preceded the removed section break acquires the formatting of the part that followed it." + "body": "Section breaks allow you to apply different layouts or formatting styles to a certain part of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section. Note: an inserted section break defines formatting of the preceding part of the document. To insert a section break at the current cursor position: click the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar, select the Insert Section Break submenu select the necessary section break type: Next Page - to start a new section from the next page Continuous Page - to start a new section on the current page Even Page - to start a new section from the next even page Odd Page - to start a new section from the next odd page The added section breaks are indicated in your document with a double dotted line: If you do not see the inserted section breaks, click the icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a section break, select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. Since a section break defines formatting of the previous section, when you remove a section break, this section formatting will also be deleted. When you delete a section break, the text before and after the break is combined into one section. The new combined section will use the formatting from the section that followed the section break." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm", - "title": "Set up paragraph outline level", - "body": "Outline level means the paragraph level in the document structure. The following levels are available: Basic Text, Level 1 - Level 9. Outline level can be specified in different ways, for example, by using heading styles: once you assign a heading style (Heading 1 - Heading 9) to a paragraph, it acquires a corresponding outline level. If you assign a level to a paragraph using the paragraph advanced settings, the paragraph acquires the structure level only while its style remains unchanged. The outline level can also be changed at the Navigation panel on the left using the contextual menu options. To change a paragraph outline level using the paragraph advanced settings, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select the necessary outline level from the Outline level list. click the OK button to apply the changes." + "title": "Set up a paragraph outline level", + "body": "Set up paragraph outline level An outline level is the paragraph level in the document structure. The following levels are available: Basic Text, Level 1 - Level 9. The outline level can be specified in different ways, for example, by using heading styles: once you assign a heading style (Heading 1 - Heading 9) to a paragraph, it acquires yje corresponding outline level. If you assign a level to a paragraph using the paragraph advanced settings, the paragraph acquires the structure level only while its style remains unchanged. The outline level can be also changed in the Navigation panel on the left using the contextual menu options. To change a paragraph outline level using the paragraph advanced settings, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select the necessary outline level from the Outline level list. click the OK button to apply the changes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "title": "Set page parameters", - "body": "To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Note: all these parameters are applied to the entire document. If you need to set different page margins, orientation, size, or column number for the separate parts of your document, please refer to this page. Page Orientation Change the current orientation type clicking the Orientation icon. The default orientation type is Portrait that can be switched to Album. Page Size Change the default A4 format clicking the Size icon and selecting the needed one from the list. The available preset sizes are: US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) You can also set a special page size by selecting the Custom Page Size option from the list. The Page Size window will open where you'll be able to select the necessary Preset (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Envelope Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) or set custom Width and Height values. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. When ready, click OK to apply the changes. Page Margins Change default margins, i.e. the blank space between the left, right, top and bottom page edges and the paragraph text, clicking the Margins icon and selecting one of the available presets: Normal, US Normal, Narrow, Moderate, Wide. You can also use the Custom Margins option to set your own values in the Margins window that opens. Enter the necessary Top, Bottom, Left and Right page margin values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Gutter position is used to set up additional space on the left or top of the document. Gutter option might come in handy to make sure bookbinding does not cover text. In Margins window enter the necessary gutter position into the entry fields and choose where it should be placed in. Note: Gutter position function cannot be used when Mirror margins option is checked. In Multiple pages drop-down menu choose Mirror margins option to to set up facing pages for double-sided documents. With this option checked, Left and Right margins turn into Inside and Outside margins respectively. In Orientation drop-down menu choose from Portrait and Landscape options. All applied changes to the document will be displayed in the Preview window. When ready, click OK. The custom margins will be applied to the current document and the Last Custom option with the specified parameters will appear in the Margins list so that you can apply them to some other documents.

            You can also change the margins manually by dragging the border between the grey and white areas on the rulers (the grey areas of the rulers indicate page margins): Columns Apply a multi-column layout clicking the Columns icon and selecting the necessary column type from the drop-down list. The following options are available: Two - to add two columns of the same width, Three - to add three columns of the same width, Left - to add two columns: a narrow column on the left and a wide column on the right, Right - to add two columns: a narrow column on the right and a wide column on the left. If you want to adjust column settings, select the Custom Columns option from the list. The Columns window will open where you'll be able to set necessary Number of columns (it's possible to add up to 12 columns) and Spacing between columns. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Check the Column divider box to add a vertical line between the columns. When ready, click OK to apply the changes. To exactly specify where a new column should start, place the cursor before the text that you want to move into the new column, click the Breaks icon at the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. The text will be moved to the next column. Added column breaks are indicated in your document by a dotted line: . If you do not see the inserted column breaks, click the icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a column break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. To manually change the column width and spacing, you can use the horizontal ruler. To cancel columns and return to a regular single-column layout, click the Columns icon at the top toolbar and select the One option from the list." + "body": "To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Note: all these parameters are applied to the entire document. If you need to set different page margins, orientation, size, or column number for the separate parts of your document, please refer to this page. Page Orientation Change the current orientation by type clicking the Orientation icon. The default orientation type is Portrait that can be switched to Album. Page Size Change the default A4 format by clicking the Size icon and selecting the required format from the list. The following preset sizes are available: US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) You can also set a special page size by selecting the Custom Page Size option from the list. The Page Size window will open where you'll be able to select the required Preset (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Envelope Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) or set custom Width and Height values. Enter new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using the arrow buttons. When you finish, click OK to apply the changes. Page Margins Change the default margins, i.e. the blank space between the left, right, top and bottom page edges and the paragraph text, by clicking the Margins icon and selecting one of the available presets: Normal, US Normal, Narrow, Moderate, Wide. You can also use the Custom Margins option to set your own values in the Margins window. Enter the required Top, Bottom, Left and Right page margin values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Gutter position is used to set up additional space on the left side of the document or at its top. The Gutter option is helpful to make sure that bookbinding does not cover the text. In the Margins enter the required gutter position into the entry fields and choose where it should be placed in. Note: the Gutter position cannot be used when the Mirror margins option is checked. In the Multiple pages drop-down menu, choose the Mirror margins option to set up facing pages for double-sided documents. With this option checked, Left and Right margins turn into Inside and Outside margins respectively. In Orientation drop-down menu choose from Portrait and Landscape options. All applied changes to the document will be displayed in the Preview window. When you finish, click OK. The custom margins will be applied to the current document and the Last Custom option with the specified parameters will appear in the Margins list so that you will be able to apply them to other documents. You can also change the margins manually by dragging the border between the grey and white areas on the rulers (the grey areas of the rulers indicate page margins): Columns Apply a multi-column layout by clicking the Columns icon and selecting the necessary column type from the drop-down list. The following options are available: Two - to add two columns of the same width, Three - to add three columns of the same width, Left - to add two columns: a narrow column on the left and a wide column on the right, Right - to add two columns: a narrow column on the right and a wide column on the left. If you want to adjust column settings, select the Custom Columns option from the list. The Columns window will appear, and you'll be able to set the required Number of columns (you can add up to 12 columns) and Spacing between columns. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Check the Column divider box to add a vertical line between the columns. When you finish, click OK to apply the changes. To exactly specify where a new column should start, place the cursor before the text that you want to move to the new column, click the Breaks icon on the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. The text will be moved to the next column. The inserted column breaks are indicated in your document with a dotted line: . If you do not see the inserted column breaks, click the icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar to make them visible. To remove a column break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. To manually change the column width and spacing, you can use the horizontal ruler. To cancel columns and return to a regular single-column layout, click the Columns icon on the top toolbar and select the One option from the list." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Set tab stops", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." + "body": "In the Document Editor, you can change tab stops. A tab stop is a term used to describe the location where the cursor stops after the Tab key is pressed. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type by clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left Tab Stop lines up the text to the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop while you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Left Tab Stop marker. Center Tab Stop centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Center Tab Stop marker. Right Tab Stop lines up the text to the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop while you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Right Tab Stop marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value by using the arrow buttons or entering the required value in the box. Tab Position is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the required value in this box, adjust it more precisely by using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. Leader - allows choosing a character to create a leader for each tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list, select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Use Mail Merge", - "body": "Note: this option is available in the online version only. The Mail Merge feature is used to create a set of documents combining a common content which is taken from a text document and some individual components (variables, such as names, greetings etc.) taken from a spreadsheet (for example, a customer list). It can be useful if you need to create a lot of personalized letters and send them to recipients. To start working with the Mail Merge feature, Prepare a data source and load it to the main document A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements. The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the file you need and click OK. Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar. Verify or change the recipients list Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed. Here you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data, if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons on the top of the window: and - to copy and paste the copied data and - to undo and redo undone actions and - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter - to clear all the applied filter parameters Note: to learn more on how to use the filter you can refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool you can refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button. Insert merge fields and check the results Place the mouse cursor in the text of the main document where you want a merge field to be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. Add all the fields you need anywhere in the document. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher at the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the document text. Turn on the Preview results switcher at the right sidebar to view the document text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview versions of the merged document for each record. To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list. Specify the merge parameters Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a file in the PDF or Docx format to be able to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: PDF - to create a single document in the PDF format that includes all the merged copies so that you can print them later Docx - to create a single document in the Docx format that includes all the merged copies so that you can edit individual copies later Email - to send the results to recipients by email Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal. Choose the records you want to apply the merge to: All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc. Complete the merge If you've decided to save the merge results as a file, click the Download button to store the file anywhere on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder. click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the Folder for save window that opens, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result once the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window. If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open: In the From list, select the mail account you want to use for sending mail, if you have several accounts connected in the Mail module. In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to email addresses of the recipients, if it was not selected automatically. Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field. Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients). Click the Send button. Once the mailing is over you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field." + "body": "Note: this option is available in the online version only. The Mail Merge feature is used to create a set of documents combining a common content which is taken from a text document and some individual components (variables, such as names, greetings etc.) taken from a spreadsheet (for example, a customer list). It can be useful if you need to create a lot of personalized letters and send them to recipients. To start working with the Mail Merge feature, Prepare a data source and load it to the main document A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements. The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the required file and click OK. Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar. Verify or change the recipients list Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed. In the opened window, you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons at the top of the window: and - to copy and paste the copied data and - to undo and redo undone actions and - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter - to clear all the applied filter parameters Note: to learn more on how to use the filter, please refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool, please refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button. Insert merge fields and check the results Place the mouse cursor where the merge field should be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button on the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. All the required fields can be added anywhere. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher on the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the text. Turn on the Preview results switcher on the right sidebar to view the text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview the versions of the merged document for each record. To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button on the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list. Specify the merge parameters Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a PDF or Docx file to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: PDF - to create a single PDF document that includes all the merged copies that can be printed later Docx - to create a single Docx document that includes all the merged copies that can be edited individually later Email - to send the results to recipients by email Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal. Choose all the required records to be applied: All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc. Complete the merge If you've decided to save the merge results as a file, click the Download button to save the file on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder. click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the opened Folder for save window, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result when the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window. If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open: In the From list, select the required mail account if you have several accounts connected to the Mail module. In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to the email addresses of the recipients if this option was not selected automatically. Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field. Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients). Click the Send button. Once the mailing is over, you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "View document information", - "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option. General Information The document information includes a number of the file properties which describe the document. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the document if a document has been shared and it can be edited by several users. Application - the application the document was created with. Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the document name directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out, who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. Version History In the online version, you can view the version history for the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it. To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option." + "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option. General Information The document information includes a number of the file properties which describe the document. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow yoy to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the document. This option is available if the document has been shared and can be edited by several users. Application - the application the document has been created with. Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: The online Editors allow you to change the name of the document directly in the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that will appear and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. Version History In the online version, you can view the version history for the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it on the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author's name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it. To return to the current version of the document, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 99a13a215..6e3becda3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "name": "Fill objects and select colors"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Manipulate objects on a slide"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Align and arrange objects on a slide"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Use Math AutoCorrect" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Collaborative presentation editing", "headername": "Presentation co-editing" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "name": "View presentation information", "headername": "Tools and settings"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Save/print/download your presentation" }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 3bd6368d9..f22f00086 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@

            The advanced settings are:

            • Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option.
              • +
            • Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box.
            • Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs.
            • Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the slide precisely.
            • Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing.
              • @@ -51,6 +52,15 @@
          6. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option.
            7. +
          7. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature.
            8. +
          8. + Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. +
              +
            • Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the presentation;
              • +
            • Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the presentation;
              • +
            • Enable all to automatically run all macros within the presentation.
              • +
            +

        To save the changes you made, click the Apply button.

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index bfa0c0740..2dffb3b36 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
      6. delete the currently selected by clicking the Delete icon icon,
      7. close the currently selected discussion by clicking the Resolve icon icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the Open again icon icon.
        8. -

        Adding mentions

        +

        Adding mentions

        When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk.

        To add a mention enter the "+" or "@" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK.

        The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification.

        @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
      8. select the necessary option from the menu:
          -
        • Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have beed added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well.
          • -
        • Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have beed added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well.
          • +
        • Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well.
          • +
        • Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well.
        • Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the presentation that you and other users added.
        9. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 295df9768..0012b519e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -101,6 +101,12 @@ ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. + + + Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter + Ctrl+0 + ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 + Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current presentation to the default 'Fit to slide' value. Navigation diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..628914db3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + Using the Chat Tool + + + + + +
        +

        Using the Chat Tool

        +

        ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor offers you the possibility to chat with other users to share ideas concerning particular presentation parts.

        +

        To access the chat and leave a message for other users,

        +
          +
        1. click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar,
          2. +
        2. enter your text into the corresponding field below,
          3. +
        3. press the Send button.
          4. +
        +

        All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - Chat icon.

        +

        To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon once again.

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 58d0d4254..e3a71000a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
      9. Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website.

        Hyperlink Settings window

        10. -
      10. Use the Slide In This Presentation option and select one of the options below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain slide in the same presentation. You can check one of the following radiobuttons: Next Slide, Previous Slide, First Slide, Last Slide, Slide with the specified number. +
      11. Use the Slide In This Presentation option and select one of the options below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain slide in the same presentation. The following options are available: Next Slide, Previous Slide, First Slide, Last Slide, Slide with the specified number.

        Hyperlink Settings window

        12. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 5b58f394f..102a50794 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -9,24 +9,24 @@ -
        -
        - -
        -

        Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions

        +
        +
        + +
        +

        Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions

        Use basic clipboard operations

        -

        To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar:

        +

        To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar:

        • Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
        • Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy Copy icon icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
        • Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste Paste icon icon at the top toolbar. The object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation.
          • -
        +

        In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations:

        -
          -
        • Ctrl+C key combination for copying;
          • -
        • Ctrl+V key combination for pasting;
          • -
        • Ctrl+X key combination for cutting.
          • -
        +
          +
        • Ctrl+C key combination for copying;
          • +
        • Ctrl+V key combination for pasting;
          • +
        • Ctrl+X key combination for cutting.
          • +

        Use the Paste Special feature

        Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option.

        When pasting text passages, the following options are available:

        @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
      12. Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
      13. Picture - allows to paste the object as an image so that it cannot be edited.
        14. +

        To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox.

        Use the Undo/Redo operations

        To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the left part of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts:

          @@ -54,7 +55,7 @@

          Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available.

          - -
        + +
        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index b01ea7aea..3da038d8e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 7851d7bdd..484040c4a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -61,8 +61,9 @@
      14. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape/slide background.

        Picture or Texture Fill

          -
        • If you wish to use an image as a backgroung for the shape/slide, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address in the opened window. -
          • +
        • + If you wish to use an image as a backgroung for the shape/slide, you can add an image From File by selecting it on your computer hard disc drive, From URL by inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window, or From Storage by selecting the required image stored on your portal. +
        • If you wish to use a texture as a backgroung for the shape/slide, drop-down the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset.

          Currently, the following textures are available: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood.

          • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index c3980d375..859e993e2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
        • Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists.

        Shape Properties - Text Padding tab

        -

        The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders).

        +

        The Text Box tab allows you to Not Autofit text at all, Shrink text on overflow, Resize shape to fit text or change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders).

        Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled.

        Shape Properties - Columns tab

        The Columns tab allows to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another.

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 16e5e728a..879307b68 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -40,7 +40,11 @@

        The Type & Data tab allows you to select the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

        • Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock.
          • -
        • Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4.
          • +
        • + Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the Source data range icon icon. +

          Select Data Range window

          +

          In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK.

          +
        • Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns.

        Chart Settings window

        @@ -191,12 +195,16 @@ When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page.

        Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements.

        +

        If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares Square icon located along the perimeter of the element.

        +

        Resize chart elements

        +

        To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to Arrow, hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position.

        +

        Move chart elements

        To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

        You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

        3D chart

        Adjust chart settings

        - Chart tab + Chart tab

        The chart size, type and style as well as data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings Chart settings icon icon on the right.

        The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio.

        The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the selected chart type and/or style using the corresponding drop-down menu.

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 83bebdcaa..e289389f2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

        Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder:

        • enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard,
          • -
        • insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation icon Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          • +
        • insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation icon Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description),
        • add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size.

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index f73dc3457..bd3e47d68 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
      15. If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed.
      16. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area.
        17. -

        Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu.

        +

        Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File, From Storage, or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu.

        Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons:

        To save the changes you made, click the Apply button.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm index 7f63b5105..5f0f04d43 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm index 2ce6d9b80..663357d7e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
      17. quickly access Autosum formulas,
      18. access 10 recently used formulas,
      19. work with formulas classified into categories,
        20. +
      20. work with named ranges,
      21. use the calculation options: calculate the entire workbook, or the current worksheet only.
        22. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 5bc016cc3..e3df354dd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -25,11 +25,12 @@

        Using this tab, you can:

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 09f85a404..acc1f3c49 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
      22. specify a print area,
      23. insert headers or footers,
      24. scale a worksheet,
        25. +
      25. specify if you want to print titles,
      26. align and arrange objects (images, charts, shapes).
        27. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm index 586b7fb09..4c4f7abcd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -14,12 +14,14 @@

        Pivot Table tab

        -

        Note: this option is available in the online version only.

        -

        The Pivot Table tab allows changing the appearance of an existing pivot table.

        +

        The Pivot Table tab allows creating and editing pivot tables.

        The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor:

        Pivot Table tab

        Using this tab, you can:

        -
      27. Fit your data to the column width clicking the Wrap text Wrap text icon icon. +
      28. Fit your data to the column width by clicking the Wrap text Wrap text icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or by checking the Wrap text checkbox on the right sidebar.

        Note: if you change the column width, data wrapping adjusts automatically.

        29. +
      29. Fit your data to the cell width by checking the Shrink to fit on the right sidebar. Using this function, the contents of the cell will be reduced in size to such an extent that it can fit in it.
        30. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa91d9d12 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Conditional Formatting + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Conditional Formatting

        +

        Note: the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules.

        +

        Conditional formatting allows you to apply various formatting styles (color, font, decoration, gradient) to cells to work with data on the spreadsheet: highlight or sort through and display the data that meets the needed criteria. The criteria are defined by a number of rule types. The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules.

        +

        Rule types supported in the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor View mode are cell value (+formula), top/bottom and above/below average value, unique values and duplicates, icon sets, data bars, gradient (color scale) and formula-based rules.

        +
          +
        • Cell value is used to find needed numbers, dates, and text within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see sales for the current month (pink highlight), products named “Grain” (yellow highlight), and product sales amounting to less than $500 (blue highlight). +

          Cell value

          +
          • +
        • Cell value with a formula is used to display a dynamically changed number or text value within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to find products named “Grain”, “Produce”, or “Dairy” (yellow highlight), or product sales amounting to a value between $100 and $500 (blue highlight). +

          Cell value with a formula

          +
          • +
        • Top and bottom value / Above and below average value is used to find and display the top and bottom values as well as above and below average values within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see top values for fees in the cities you visited (orange highlight), the cities where the attendance was above average (green highlight) and bottom values for cities where you sold a small quantity of books (blue highlight). +

          Top and bottom value / Above and below average value

          +
          • +
        • Unique and duplicates is used to display duplicate values within the spreadsheet and the cell range defined by the conditional formatting. For example, you need to find duplicate contacts. Enter the drop-down menu. The number of duplicates is shown to the right of the contact name. If you check the box, only the duplicates will be shown in the list. +

          Unique and duplicates

          +
          • +
        • Icon set is used to show the data by displaying a corresponding icon in the cell that meets the criteria. The Spreadsheet Editor supports various icon sets. Below you will find examples for the most common icon set conditional formatting cases. +
            +
          • Instead of numbers and percent values you see formatted cells with corresponding arrows showing you revenue achievement in the “Status” column and the dynamics for trends in the future in the “Trend” column. +

            Icon set

            +
            • +
          • Instead of cells with rating numbers ranging from 1 to 5, the conditional formatting tool displays corresponding icons from the legend map at the top for each bike in the rating list. +

            Icon set

            +
            • +
          • Instead of manually comparing monthly profit dynamics data, the formatted cells have a corresponding red or green arrow. +

            Icon set

            +
            • +
          • Use the traffic lights system (red, yellow, and green circles) to visualize sales dynamics. +

            Icon set

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Data bars are used to compare values in the form of a diagram bar. For example, compare mountain heights by displaying their default value in meters (green bar) and the same value in 0 to 100 percent range (yellow bar); percentile when extreme values slant the data (light blue bar); bars only instead of numbers (blue bar); two-column data analysis to see both numbers and bars (red bar). +

          Data bars

          +
          • +
        • + Gradient, or color scale, is used to highlight values within the spreadsheet through a gradient scale. The columns from “Dairy” through “Beverage” display data via a two color scale with variation from yellow to red; the “Total Sales” column displays data via a three color scale from the smallest amount in red to the largest amount in blue. +

          Gradient

          +
          • +
        • + Formula-based formatting uses various formulas to filter data as per specific needs. For example, you can shade alternate rows, +

          Formula-based

          +

          compare with a reference value (here it is $55) and show if it is higher (green) or lower (red),

          +

          Formula-based

          +

          highlight the rows that meet the needed criteria (see what goals you shall achieve this month, in this case it is October),

          +

          Formula-based

          +

          and highlight unique rows only

          +

          Formula-based

          +
          • +
        +

        Please note that this guide contains graphic information from the Microsoft Office Conditional Formatting Samples and guidelines workbook. Try the aforementioned rules display by downloading the workbook and opening it in the Spreadsheet Editor.

        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index 513789b5a..b35cdf1e7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
      30. Ctrl+V key combination for pasting.

        31. Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the required cell/cell range, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the Arrow Arrow icon icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position.

        +

        To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox.

        Use the Paste Special feature

        Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option.

        When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available:

        @@ -77,7 +78,10 @@
      31. Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters.
      32. Switch to the Data tab.
      33. Click the Text to columns button on the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens.
        34. -
      34. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data, preview the result in the field below and click OK.
        35. +
      35. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data.
        36. +
      36. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Settings window in which you can specify the Decimal and Thousands separators. +

        Separator settings window

        37. +
      37. Preview the result in the field below and click OK.

      After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell.

      If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten.

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d915ad0e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + Use formatted tables + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Use formatted tables

      +

      Create a new formatted table

      +

      To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that,

      +
        +
      1. select a range of cells you need to format,
        2. +
      2. click the Format as table template Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar.
        3. +
      3. select the required template in the gallery,
        4. +
      4. in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table,
        5. +
      5. check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down,
        6. +
      6. click the OK button to apply the selected template.
        7. +
      +

      The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data.

      +

      It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied.

      +

      Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2 etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work.

      +

      If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special Paste Special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu.

      +

      Undo table autoexpansion

      +

      Select rows and columns

      +

      To select an entire row in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the left border of the table row until it turns into the black arrow Select row, then left-click.

      +

      Select row

      +

      To select an entire column in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the top edge of the column header until it turns into the black arrow Select column, then left-click. If you click once, the column data will be selected (as it is shown on the image below); if you click twice, the entire column including the header will be selected.

      +

      Select column

      +

      To select an entire formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the upper left corner of the formatted table until it turns into the diagonal black arrow Select table, then left-click.

      +

      Select table

      +

      Edit formatted tables

      +

      Some of the table settings can be changed using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.

      +

      Table settings tab

      +

      The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

      + +

      + The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. + Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: +

      +

      Templates list

      +

      If you want to remove the current table style (background color, borders, etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list:

      +

      None templates

      +

      The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range which the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range in the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button.

      +

      Note: The headers must remain in the same row, and the resulting table range must overlap the original table range.

      +

      Resize table

      +

      The Rows & Columns Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations:

      + +

      Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu.

      +

      The Remove duplicates Remove duplicates option can be used if you want to remove duplicate values from the formatted table. For more details on removing duplicates, please refer to this page.

      +

      The Convert to range Convert to range option can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors, etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab on the right sidebar will be unavailable.

      +

      The Insert slicer Insert slicer option is used to create a slicer for the formatted table. For more details on working with slicers, please refer to this page.

      +

      The Insert pivot table Insert pivot table option is used to create a pivot table on the base of the formatted table. For more details on working with pivot tables, please refer to this page.

      +

      Adjust formatted table advanced settings

      +

      To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Table - Advanced Settings' window will open:

      +

      Table - Advanced Settings

      +

      The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains.

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index d9ba3a7b3..67a00b091 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
    13. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background.

      Picture or Texture Fill

      Shape - Advanced Settings

      -

      The Text Padding tab allows you to change the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders).

      +

      The Text Box tab allows you to Resize shape to fit text, Allow text to overflow shape or change the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders).

      Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled.

      Shape Properties - Columns tab

      The Columns tab allows you to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another one.

      @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

      The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters:

      Shape - Advanced Settings: Alternative Text

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm index 54ff85682..d43fa9a7b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm @@ -43,11 +43,14 @@
    14. in the opened Chart - Advanced Settings window make all the necessary changes,
    15. click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window.
    -

    The description of the chart settings that can be edited using the Chart - Advanced Settings window you can find below.

    +

    Below you can find the description of the chart settings that can be edited using the Chart - Advanced Settings window.

    The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

    Chart - Advanced Settings

    @@ -180,7 +183,7 @@

    The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters:

    Chart - Advanced Settings: Cell Snapping

    @@ -196,6 +199,10 @@ When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page.

    Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements.

    +

    If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares Square icon located along the perimeter of the element.

    +

    Resize chart elements

    +

    To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to Arrow, hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position.

    +

    Move chart elements

    To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

    You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

    3D chart

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm index d5cb9e4b3..05c5031b6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@

    To insert a blank cell to the left of the selected cell:

    1. right-click the cell to the left of which you wish to insert a new one,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert cells Insert cells icon icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift cells right option.
      3. +
    3. click the Insert cells Insert cells icon icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift Cells Right option.

    The program will shift the selected cell to the right to insert a blank one.

    To insert a blank cell above the selected cell:

    1. right-click the cell above which you wish to insert a new one,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert cells Insert cells icon icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift cells down option.
      3. +
    3. click the Insert cells Insert cells icon icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift Cells Down option.

    The program will shift the selected cell down to insert a blank one.

    To insert an entire row:

    @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

    Note: to insert multiple rows, select the required number of rows.

  • click the Insert cells Insert cells icon icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar and use the Entire row option, -
    or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire row option, +
    or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire Row option,
    or right-click the selected row(s) and use the Insert Top option from the right-click menu.
    • @@ -45,11 +45,13 @@

    Note: to insert multiple columns, select the required number of columns.

  • click the Insert cells Insert cells icon icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar and use the Entire column option, -
    or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire column option, +
    or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire Column option,
    or right-click the selected column(s) and use the Insert Left option from the right-click menu.

    • The program will shift the selected column to the right to insert a blank one.

    +

    You can also use the Ctrl+Shift+= keyboard shortcut to open the dialog box for inserting new cells, select the Shift Cells Right, Shift Cells Down, Entire Row, or Entire Column option and click OK.

    +

    Insert cells window

    Hide and show rows and columns

    To hide a row or column:

      @@ -94,12 +96,14 @@
      1. select cells, rows, or columns you wish to delete,
      2. click the Delete cells Delete cells icon icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Delete item from the right-click menu and select the appropriate option: -
        if you use the Shift cells left option, a cell to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; -
        if you use the Shift cells up option, a cell below the deleted one will be moved up; -
        if you use the Entire row option, a row below the selected one will be moved up; -
        if you use the Entire column option, a column to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; +
        if you use the Shift Cells Left option, a cell to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; +
        if you use the Shift Cells Up option, a cell below the deleted one will be moved up; +
        if you use the Entire Row option, a row below the selected one will be moved up; +
        if you use the Entire Column option, a column to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left;
      +

      You can also use the Ctrl+Shift+- keyboard shortcut to open the dialog box for deleting cells, select the Shift Cells Left, Shift Cells Up, Entire Row, or Entire Column option and click OK.

      +

      Delete cells window

      You can always restore the deleted data using the Undo Undo icon icon on the top toolbar.

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 298f804f3..e2ea635e3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

      Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder:

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm index b46096c27..88599862c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm @@ -22,53 +22,61 @@
    1. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number.
    2. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring the empty cells or those contaning text.
      3. -

      The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar.

      +

      The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar. You can manage the status bar by right-clicking on it and choosing only those functions to display that you need.

      Basic Calculations

      To perform any other calculations, you can insert the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function.

      -

      The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function Insert function icon button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category.

      -

      Formula tab

      +

      The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab or by pressing Shift+F3 key combination. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function Insert function icon button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Use the search box to find the exact function by its name.

      +

      Insert Function

      On the Formula tab you can use the following buttons:

      +

      Formula tab

      -

      To insert a function,

      +

      To insert a function,

        -
      1. select a cell where you wish to insert a function,
        2. -
      2. proceed in one of the following ways: +
      3. Select a cell where you wish to insert a function.
        4. +
      4. Proceed in one of the following ways:
          -
        • switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, or use the Additional option from the menu to open the Insert Function window;
          • -
        • switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function Insert function icon icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option,
          • -
        • right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu,
          • -
        • click the Function icon icon before the formula bar,
          • +
        • switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, then click the necessary function to open the Function Arguments wizard. You can also use the Additional option from the menu or click the Function icon Function button on the top toolbar to open the Insert Function window.
          • +
        • switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function Insert function icon icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option to open the Insert Function window.
          • +
        • right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu.
          • +
        • click the Function icon icon before the formula bar.
        5. -
      5. in the opened Insert Function window, select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK.
        6. -
      6. enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. -

        Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments.

        +
      7. In the opened Insert Function window, enter its name in the search box or select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK. +

        Once you click the necessary function, the Function Arguments window will open:

        +

        Function Arguments

        8. -
      8. Press the Enter key.
        9. +
      9. + In the opened Function Arguments window, enter the necessary values of each argument. +

        You can enter the function arguments either manually or by clicking the Source data range icon icon and selecting a cell or cell range to be included as an argument.

        +

        Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments.

        +

        The function result will be displayed below.

        +
        10. +
      10. When all the agruments are specified, click the OK button in the Function Arguments window.

      To enter a function manually using the keyboard,

        -
      1. select a cell,
        2. -
      2. enter the equal sign (=) +
      3. Select a cell.
        4. +
      4. Enter the equal sign (=).

        Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=).

        5. -
      5. enter the function name +
      6. Enter the function name.

        Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key.

        7. -
      7. enter the function arguments +
      8. Enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas.

        Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed.

        Function tooltip -

        +

        9. -
      9. when all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter.
        10. +
      10. When all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter.

      If you enter new data or change the values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button on the Formula tab. Click the Calculation icon Calculation button to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet.

      You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet.

      @@ -87,7 +95,7 @@ Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. - AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST + AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions @@ -122,7 +130,7 @@ Information Functions Used to provide information about the data in the selected cell or cell range. - ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE + CELL; ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 6c719ec09..e71c70730 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -75,8 +75,9 @@
      1. select the required image with the mouse,
      2. click the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right sidebar,
        3. +
      3. click the Replace Image button,
      4. - in the Replace Image section click the button you need: From File or From URL and select the desired image. + choose the necessary option: From File, From Storage, or From URL and select the desired image.

        Note: alternatively, you can right-click the image and use the Replace image option from the contextual menu.

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index dfe99f90a..b8a618fd3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

      Insert symbols and characters

      -

      When working, you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Symbol table iconInsert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

      +

      When working, you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Symbol table icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

    Or simply drag the necessary sheet tab and drop it to a new location. The selected sheet will be moved.

    +

    You can also manualy drag'n'drop a sheet tab from one spreadsheet to another. In this case, the sheet from the original spreadsheet will be deleted.

    If you have a lot of sheets, you can hide some of them you don't need to facilitate your work. To do that,

    1. right-click the sheet tab you wish to hide,
      2. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..effb8b67c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2506 @@ + + + + Use Math AutoCorrect + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Use Math AutoCorrect

      +

      When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

      +

      In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated.

      +

      Note: The codes are case sensitive.

      +

      The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Spreadsheet Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell checking -> Proofing section.

      +

      AutoCorrect window

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      CodeSymbolCategory
      !!Double factorialSymbols
      ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
      ::Double colonOperators
      :=Colon equalOperators
      /<Not less thanRelational operators
      />Not greater thanRelational operators
      /=Not equalRelational operators
      \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
      \acuteSymbolAccents
      \alephSymbolHebrew letters
      \alphaSymbolGreek letters
      \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
      \amalgSymbolBinary operators
      \angleSymbolGeometry notation
      \aointSymbolIntegrals
      \approxSymbolRelational operators
      \asmashSymbolArrows
      \astAsteriskBinary operators
      \asympSymbolRelational operators
      \atopSymbolOperators
      \barSymbolOver/Underbar
      \BarSymbolAccents
      \becauseSymbolRelational operators
      \beginSymbolDelimiters
      \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
      \betSymbolHebrew letters
      \betaSymbolGreek letters
      \BetaSymbolGreek letters
      \bethSymbolHebrew letters
      \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
      \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
      \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
      \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
      \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
      \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
      \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
      \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
      \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
      \binomialSymbolEquations
      \botSymbolLogic notation
      \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
      \boxSymbolSymbols
      \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
      \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
      \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
      \braSymbolDelimiters
      \breakSymbolSymbols
      \breveSymbolAccents
      \bulletSymbolBinary operators
      \capSymbolBinary operators
      \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \casesSymbolSymbols
      \cdotSymbolBinary operators
      \cdotsSymbolDots
      \checkSymbolAccents
      \chiSymbolGreek letters
      \ChiSymbolGreek letters
      \circSymbolBinary operators
      \closeSymbolDelimiters
      \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
      \cointSymbolIntegrals
      \congSymbolRelational operators
      \coprodSymbolMath operators
      \cupSymbolBinary operators
      \daletSymbolHebrew letters
      \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
      \dashvSymbolRelational operators
      \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \ddddotSymbolAccents
      \dddotSymbolAccents
      \ddotSymbolAccents
      \ddotsSymbolDots
      \defeqSymbolRelational operators
      \degcSymbolSymbols
      \degfSymbolSymbols
      \degreeSymbolSymbols
      \deltaSymbolGreek letters
      \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
      \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
      \diamondSymbolBinary operators
      \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
      \divSymbolBinary operators
      \dotSymbolAccents
      \doteqSymbolRelational operators
      \dotsSymbolDots
      \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \downarrowSymbolArrows
      \DownarrowSymbolArrows
      \dsmashSymbolArrows
      \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \ellSymbolSymbols
      \emptysetSymbolSet notations
      \emspSpace characters
      \endSymbolDelimiters
      \enspSpace characters
      \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \eqarraySymbolSymbols
      \equivSymbolRelational operators
      \etaSymbolGreek letters
      \EtaSymbolGreek letters
      \existsSymbolLogic notations
      \forallSymbolLogic notations
      \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
      \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
      \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
      \frownSymbolRelational operators
      \funcapplyBinary operators
      \GSymbolGreek letters
      \gammaSymbolGreek letters
      \GammaSymbolGreek letters
      \geSymbolRelational operators
      \geqSymbolRelational operators
      \getsSymbolArrows
      \ggSymbolRelational operators
      \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
      \graveSymbolAccents
      \hairspSpace characters
      \hatSymbolAccents
      \hbarSymbolSymbols
      \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
      \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
      \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \hphantomSymbolArrows
      \hsmashSymbolArrows
      \hvecSymbolAccents
      \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
      \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \iiintSymbolIntegrals
      \iintSymbolIntegrals
      \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
      \ImSymbolSymbols
      \imathSymbolSymbols
      \inSymbolRelational operators
      \incSymbolSymbols
      \inftySymbolSymbols
      \intSymbolIntegrals
      \integralSymbolIntegrals
      \iotaSymbolGreek letters
      \IotaSymbolGreek letters
      \itimesMath operators
      \jSymbolSymbols
      \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \jmathSymbolSymbols
      \kappaSymbolGreek letters
      \KappaSymbolGreek letters
      \ketSymbolDelimiters
      \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
      \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
      \langleSymbolDelimiters
      \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
      \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \lceilSymbolDelimiters
      \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
      \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
      \ldotsSymbolDots
      \leSymbolRelational operators
      \leftSymbolDelimiters
      \leftarrowSymbolArrows
      \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
      \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
      \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
      \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \leqSymbolRelational operators
      \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
      \lhvecSymbolAccents
      \limitSymbolLimits
      \llSymbolRelational operators
      \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
      \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
      \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \lrharSymbolArrows
      \lvecSymbolAccents
      \mapstoSymbolArrows
      \matrixSymbolMatrices
      \medspSpace characters
      \midSymbolRelational operators
      \middleSymbolSymbols
      \modelsSymbolRelational operators
      \mpSymbolBinary operators
      \muSymbolGreek letters
      \MuSymbolGreek letters
      \nablaSymbolSymbols
      \naryandSymbolOperators
      \nbspSpace characters
      \neSymbolRelational operators
      \nearrowSymbolArrows
      \neqSymbolRelational operators
      \niSymbolRelational operators
      \normSymbolDelimiters
      \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
      \notelementSymbolRelational operators
      \notinSymbolRelational operators
      \nuSymbolGreek letters
      \NuSymbolGreek letters
      \nwarrowSymbolArrows
      \oSymbolGreek letters
      \OSymbolGreek letters
      \odotSymbolBinary operators
      \ofSymbolOperators
      \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
      \oiintSymbolIntegrals
      \ointSymbolIntegrals
      \omegaSymbolGreek letters
      \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
      \ominusSymbolBinary operators
      \openSymbolDelimiters
      \oplusSymbolBinary operators
      \otimesSymbolBinary operators
      \overSymbolDelimiters
      \overbarSymbolAccents
      \overbraceSymbolAccents
      \overbracketSymbolAccents
      \overlineSymbolAccents
      \overparenSymbolAccents
      \overshellSymbolAccents
      \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
      \partialSymbolSymbols
      \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
      \perpSymbolGeometry notation
      \phantomSymbolSymbols
      \phiSymbolGreek letters
      \PhiSymbolGreek letters
      \piSymbolGreek letters
      \PiSymbolGreek letters
      \pmSymbolBinary operators
      \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
      \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
      \pprimeSymbolPrimes
      \precSymbolRelational operators
      \preceqSymbolRelational operators
      \primeSymbolPrimes
      \prodSymbolMath operators
      \proptoSymbolRelational operators
      \psiSymbolGreek letters
      \PsiSymbolGreek letters
      \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \rangleSymbolDelimiters
      \RangleSymbolDelimiters
      \ratioSymbolRelational operators
      \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
      \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \rceilSymbolDelimiters
      \rddotsSymbolDots
      \ReSymbolSymbols
      \rectSymbolSymbols
      \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
      \rhoSymbolGreek letters
      \RhoSymbolGreek letters
      \rhvecSymbolAccents
      \rightSymbolDelimiters
      \rightarrowSymbolArrows
      \RightarrowSymbolArrows
      \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
      \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
      \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
      \rootSymbolSymbols
      \scriptaSymbolScripts
      \scriptASymbolScripts
      \scriptbSymbolScripts
      \scriptBSymbolScripts
      \scriptcSymbolScripts
      \scriptCSymbolScripts
      \scriptdSymbolScripts
      \scriptDSymbolScripts
      \scripteSymbolScripts
      \scriptESymbolScripts
      \scriptfSymbolScripts
      \scriptFSymbolScripts
      \scriptgSymbolScripts
      \scriptGSymbolScripts
      \scripthSymbolScripts
      \scriptHSymbolScripts
      \scriptiSymbolScripts
      \scriptISymbolScripts
      \scriptkSymbolScripts
      \scriptKSymbolScripts
      \scriptlSymbolScripts
      \scriptLSymbolScripts
      \scriptmSymbolScripts
      \scriptMSymbolScripts
      \scriptnSymbolScripts
      \scriptNSymbolScripts
      \scriptoSymbolScripts
      \scriptOSymbolScripts
      \scriptpSymbolScripts
      \scriptPSymbolScripts
      \scriptqSymbolScripts
      \scriptQSymbolScripts
      \scriptrSymbolScripts
      \scriptRSymbolScripts
      \scriptsSymbolScripts
      \scriptSSymbolScripts
      \scripttSymbolScripts
      \scriptTSymbolScripts
      \scriptuSymbolScripts
      \scriptUSymbolScripts
      \scriptvSymbolScripts
      \scriptVSymbolScripts
      \scriptwSymbolScripts
      \scriptWSymbolScripts
      \scriptxSymbolScripts
      \scriptXSymbolScripts
      \scriptySymbolScripts
      \scriptYSymbolScripts
      \scriptzSymbolScripts
      \scriptZSymbolScripts
      \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
      \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
      \searrowSymbolArrows
      \setminusSymbolBinary operators
      \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \simSymbolRelational operators
      \simeqSymbolRelational operators
      \smashSymbolArrows
      \smileSymbolRelational operators
      \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
      \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
      \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
      \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
      \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
      \starSymbolBinary operators
      \subsetSymbolSet notation
      \subseteqSymbolSet notation
      \succSymbolRelational operators
      \succeqSymbolRelational operators
      \sumSymbolMath operators
      \supersetSymbolSet notation
      \superseteqSymbolSet notation
      \swarrowSymbolArrows
      \tauSymbolGreek letters
      \TauSymbolGreek letters
      \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
      \thetaSymbolGreek letters
      \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
      \thickspSpace characters
      \thinspSpace characters
      \tildeSymbolAccents
      \timesSymbolBinary operators
      \toSymbolArrows
      \topSymbolLogic notation
      \tvecSymbolArrows
      \ubarSymbolAccents
      \UbarSymbolAccents
      \underbarSymbolAccents
      \underbraceSymbolAccents
      \underbracketSymbolAccents
      \underlineSymbolAccents
      \underparenSymbolAccents
      \uparrowSymbolArrows
      \UparrowSymbolArrows
      \updownarrowSymbolArrows
      \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
      \uplusSymbolBinary operators
      \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \varphiSymbolGreek letters
      \varpiSymbolGreek letters
      \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
      \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
      \vbarSymbolDelimiters
      \vdashSymbolRelational operators
      \vdotsSymbolDots
      \vecSymbolAccents
      \veeSymbolBinary operators
      \vertSymbolDelimiters
      \VertSymbolDelimiters
      \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
      \vphantomSymbolArrows
      \vthickspSpace characters
      \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
      \wpSymbolSymbols
      \wrSymbolBinary operators
      \xiSymbolGreek letters
      \XiSymbolGreek letters
      \zetaSymbolGreek letters
      \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
      \zwnjSpace characters
      \zwspSpace characters
      ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
      -+Minus or plusBinary operators
      +-Plus or minusBinary operators
      <<SymbolRelational operators
      <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
      ->SymbolArrows
      >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
      >>SymbolRelational operators
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm index a3c791447..578904400 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Edit pivot tables + Create and edit pivot tables - + @@ -13,23 +13,250 @@
      -

      Edit pivot tables

      -

      Note: this option is available in the online version only.

      -

      You can change the appearance of existing pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the editing tools available on the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar.

      -

      Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar.

      -

      Pivot Table tab

      -

      The Select Pivot Table icon Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table.

      -

      The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

      +

      Create and edit pivot tables

      +

      Pivot tables allow you to group and arrange data of large data sets to get summarized information. You can reorganize data in many different ways to display only the necessary information and focus on important aspects.

      +

      Create a new pivot table

      +

      To create a pivot table,

      +
        +
      1. Prepare the source data set you want to use for creating a pivot table. It should include column headers. The data set should not contain empty rows or columns.
        2. +
      2. Select any cell within the source data range.
        3. +
      3. Switch to the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert Table Insert Table icon icon. +

        If you want to create a pivot table on the base of a formatted table, you can also use the Insert pivot table Insert pivot table option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar.

        +
        4. +
      4. The Create Pivot Table window will appear. +

        Create Pivot Table window

        +
          +
        • The Source data range is already specified. In this case, all data from the source data range will be used. If you want to change the data range (e.g. to include only a part of source data), click the Select data icon icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range on the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. +
          • +
        • Specify where you want to place the pivot table. +
            +
          • The New worksheet option is selected by default. It allows you to place the pivot table in a new worksheet.
            • +
          • You can also select the Existing worksheet option and choose a certain cell. In this case, the selected cell will be the upper right cell of the created pivot table. To select a cell, click the Select data icon icon. +

            Select Data Range window

            +

            In the Select Data Range window, enter the cell address in the following format: Sheet1!$G$2. You can also click the necessary cell in the sheet. When ready, click OK.

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • When you select the pivot table location, click OK in the Create Table window.
          • +
        +
        5. +
      +

      An empty pivot table will be inserted in the selected location.

      +

      The Pivot table settings tab on the right sidebar will be opened. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the Pivot table settings icon icon.

      +

      Pivot table settings tab

      + +

      Select fields to display

      +

      The Select Fields section contains the fields named according to the column headers in your source data set. Each field contains values from the corresponding column of the source table. The following four sections are available below: Filters, Columns, Rows and Values.

      +

      Check the fields you want to display in the pivot table. When you check a field, it will be added to one of the available sections on the right sidebar depending on the data type and will be displayed in the pivot table. Fields containing text values will be added to the Rows section; fields containing numeric values will be added to the Values section.

      +

      You can simply drag fields to the necessary section as well as drag the fields between sections to quickly reorganize your pivot table. To remove a field from the current section, drag it out of this section.

      +

      In order to add a field to the necessary section, it's also possible to click the black arrow to the right of a field in the Select Fields section and choose the necessary option from the menu: Add to Filters, Add to Rows, Add to Columns, Add to Values.

      +

      Pivot table settings tab

      +

      Below you can see some examples of using the Filters, Columns, Rows and Values sections.

      + +

      Rearrange fields and adjust their properties

      +

      Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows or Values sections to access the field context menu.

      +

      Pivot table menu

      +

      It allows you to:

      + +

      The Filters, Columns and Rows field settings look similarly:

      +

      Pivot table Filters field settings

      +

      The Layout tab contains the following options:

      + +

      Pivot table Filters field settings

      +

      The Subtotals tab allows you to choose Functions for Subtotals. Check the necessary functions in the list: Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp.

      +

      Values field settings

      +

      Pivot table Values field settings

      + + +

      Change the appearance of pivot tables

      +

      You can use options available on the top toolbar to adjust the way your pivot table is displayed. These options are applied to the entire pivot table.

      +

      Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar.

      +

      Pivot table toop toolbar

      + +

      The Select Pivot Table icon Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table.

      +

      If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh Pivot Table icon Refresh button to update the pivot table.

      + +

      Change the style of pivot tables

      +

      You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar.

      +

      Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar.

      +

      Pivot Table tab

      +

      The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

      +

      - The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. + The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled.

      + +

      Filter and sort pivot tables

      +

      You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters.

      +

      Filtering

      +

      Click the drop-down arrow Drop-Down Arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open:

      +

      Filter window

      +

      Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display or filter the data by certain criteria.

      + +

      The Filter Filter button button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied.

      + +

      Sorting

      +

      You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow Drop-Down Arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu.

      +

      The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort.

      +

      Pivot table sort options

      + +

      Adjust pivot table advanced settings

      +

      To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open:

      +

      Pivot table advanced settings

      +

      The Name and Layout tab allows you to change the pivot table common properties.

      + +

      Pivot table advanced settings

      +

      The Data Source tab allows you to change the data you wish to use to create the pivot table.

      +

      Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the Source data range icon icon.

      +

      Select Data Range window

      +

      In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK.

      +

      Pivot table advanced settings

      +

      The Alternative Text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the pivot table contains.

      +

      Delete a pivot table

      +

      To delete a pivot table,

      +
        +
      1. Select the entire pivot table using the Select Pivot Table icon Select button on the top toolbar.
        2. +
      2. Press the Delete key.
        3. +
      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b735a4de0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + Remove duplicates + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Remove duplicates

      +

      You can remove duplicate values from the selected data range or a formatted table.

      +

      To remove duplicates:

      +
        +
      1. Select the necessary cell range containing duplicate values.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Data tab and click the Remove Duplicates Remove Duplicates button on the top toolbar. +

        If you want to remove duplicates from a formatted table, you can also use the Remove duplicates Remove duplicates option on the right sidebar.

        +

        If you select a certain part of the data range, a warning window will appear where you will be asked if you want to expand the selection to include the entire data range or proceed with the currently selected data. Click the Expand or Remove in selected button. If you choose the Remove in selected option, duplicate values in cells adjacent to the selected range will not be removed.

        +

        Remove Duplicates warning

        +

        The Remove Duplicates window will open:

        +

        Remove Duplicates

        +
        3. +
      3. Check the necessary options in the Remove Duplicates window: +
          +
        • My data has headers - check this box to exclude column headers from the selection.
          • +
        • Columns - leave the Select All option selected by default or uncheck it and select the necessary columns only.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. Click the OK button.
        5. +
      +

      The duplicate values from the selected data range will be removed, and you will see the window that contains the information on how many duplicate values have been removed and how many unique values have been left:

      +

      Removed duplicates

      +

      If you want to restore the removed data right after deletion, use the Undo Undo icon icon on the top toolbar or the Ctrl+Z key combination.

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 8c708adce..2d2cd6d32 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@
    2. Scale To: allows you to enlarge or reduce the scale of the worksheet to fit printed pages by manually specifying the percentage of normal size.
    +
  • Print titles - if you want to print row or column titles on every page, use Repeat rows at top or Repeat columns at left and select one of the available options from the drop-down list: repeat elements in the selected range, maintain frozen rows, repeat the first row/column only.
  • Margins - specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields,
  • Print - specify the worksheet elements to print by checking the corresponding boxes: Print Gridlines and Print Row and Column Headings.
    • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..203e13206 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + Create slicers for formatted tables + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Create slicers for formatted tables

    +

    Create a new slicer

    +

    Once you create a new formatted table, you can create slicers to quickly filter the data. To do that,

    +
      +
    1. select at least one cell within the formatted table with the mouse and click the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.
      2. +
    2. click the Insert slicer Insert slicer option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. Alternatively, you can switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert slicer Slicer button. The Insert Slicers window will be opened: +

      Insert Slicers

      +
      3. +
    3. check the required columns in the Insert Slicers window.
      4. +
    4. click the OK button.
      5. +
    +

    A slicer will be added for each of the selected columns. If you add several slicers, they will overlap each other. Once the slicer is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings.

    +

    Slicer

    +

    A slicer contains buttons that you can click to filter the formatted table. The buttons corresponding to empty cells are marked with the (blank) label. When you click a slicer button, other buttons will be unselected, and the corresponding column in the source table will be filtered to only display the selected item:

    +

    Slicer

    +

    If you have added several slicers, the changes made in one slicer can affect the items from another slicer. When one or more filters are applied to a slicer, items with no data can appear in a different slicer (with a lighter color):

    +

    Slicer - items with no data

    +

    You can adjust the way to display items with no data in the slicer settings.

    +

    To select multiple slicer buttons, use the Multi-Select icon Multi-Select icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+S. Select necessary slicer buttons clicking them one by one.

    +

    To clear the slicer filter, use the Clear Filter icon Clear Filter icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+C.

    + +

    Edit slicers

    +

    Some of the slicer settings can be changed using the Slicer settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select the slicer with the mouse.

    +

    You can hide or display this tab by clicking the Slicer settings icon icon on the right.

    +

    Slicer settings tab

    +

    Change the slicer size and position

    +

    The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio.

    +

    The Position section allows you to change the Horizontal and/or Vertical slicer position.

    +

    The Disable resizing or moving option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized. When this option is checked, the Width, Height, Position and Buttons options are disabled.

    +

    Change the slicer layout and style

    +

    The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Width and Height of the buttons. By default, a slicer contains one column. If your items contain short text, you can change the column number to 2 or more:

    +

    Slicer - two columns

    +

    If you increase the button width, the slicer width will change correspondingly. If you increase the button height, the scroll bar will be added to the slicer:

    +

    Slicer - scroll bar

    +

    The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles.

    + +

    Apply sorting and filtering parameters

    + +

    The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled.

    +

    When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options:

    + + +

    Adjust advanced slicer settings

    +

    To change the advanced slicer properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Slicer - Advanced Settings' window will open:

    +

    Slicer - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Style & Size tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    Slicer - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Sorting & Filtering tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled.

    +

    When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options:

    + +

    Slicer - Advanced Settings

    +

    The References tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    Slicer - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    Slicer - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the slicer contains.

    + +

    Delete a slicer

    +

    To delete a slicer,

    +
      +
    1. Select the slicer by clicking it.
      2. +
    2. Press the Delete key.
      3. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm index 255b07549..95b67e7e4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@
    1. Click the drop-down arrow Drop-Down Arrow. The Filter option list will open:

      Filter window

      -

      Note: you can adjust the sizr of the filter window by dragging its right border to the right or to the left to display the data as convenient as possible.

      +

      Note: you can adjust the size of the filter window by dragging its right border to the right or to the left to display the data as convenient as possible.

    2. Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display, filter the data by certain criteria or filter data by color.

      -

      After you select one of the above options (apart from the Top 10 and Above/Below Average ones), the Custom Filter window will open. The corresponding criterion will be selected in the upper drop-down list. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right.

      +

      After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10 and Above/Below Average), the Custom Filter window will open. The corresponding criterion will be selected in the upper drop-down list. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right.

      To add one more criterion, use the And radiobutton if you need the data to satisfy both criteria or click the Or radiobutton if either or both criteria can be satisfied. Then select the second criterion from the lower drop-down list and enter the necessary value on the right.

      Click OK to apply the filter.

      Custom Filter window

      @@ -152,43 +152,7 @@
    3. check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down,
    4. click the OK button to apply the selected template.
    -

    The template will be applied to the selected range of cells and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data.

    -

    It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied.

    -

    Note: once you create a new formatted table, a default name (Table1, Table2 etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work.

    -

    If you enter a new value in a cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in a cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special Paste Special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu.

    -

    Undo table autoexpansion

    -

    Some of the table settings can be changed using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.

    -

    Table settings tab

    -

    The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

    - -

    - The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. - Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: -

    -

    Templates list

    -

    If you want to remove the current table style (background color, borders etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list:

    -

    None templates

    -

    The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range which the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range in the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button.

    -

    Resize table

    -

    The Rows & Columns Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations:

    - -

    Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu.

    -

    The Convert to range button can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab on the right sidebar will be unavailable.

    -

    To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The table properties window will open:

    -

    Table - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains.

    +

    The template will be applied to the selected range of cells and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. To learn more on working with formatted tables, please refer to this page.

    Reapply Filter

    If the filtered data has been changed, you can refresh the filter to display an up-to-date result:

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm index 7582084c5..938ba4682 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@

      There are two types of names that can be used:

      +

      If you have created a slicer for a formatted table, an automatically assigned slicer name will also be displayed in the Name Manager (Slicer_Column1, Slicer_Column2 etc. This name consists of the Slicer_ part and the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set). You can edit this name later.

      Names are also classified by Scope, i.e. the location where a name is recognized. A name can be scoped to the whole workbook (it will be recognized for any worksheet within this workbook) or to a separate worksheet (it will be recognized for the specified worksheet only). Each name must be unique within a single scope, the same names can be used within different scopes.

      Create new names

      To create a new defined name for a selection:

      @@ -28,7 +29,8 @@
    1. Open a new name window in a suitable way:

      The New Name window will open:

      New Name window

      @@ -37,7 +39,7 @@

      Note: a name cannot start with a number, contain spaces or punctuation marks. Underscores (_) are allowed. Case does not matter.

    2. Specify the name Scope. The Workbook scope is selected by default, but you can specify an individual worksheet selecting it from the list.
      3. -
    3. Check the selected Data Range address. If necessary, you can change it. Click the Select Data button - the Select Data Range window will open. +
    4. Check the selected Data Range address. If necessary, you can change it. Click the Source data range icon icon - the Select Data Range window will open.

      Select Data Range window

      Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select a new range on the worksheet with the mouse and click OK.

      5. @@ -70,7 +72,7 @@
    5. Place the insertion point where you need to add a name.
    6. Make one of the following steps:

    Note: the Paste Name window displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook.

    + +
      +
    1. Place the insertion point where you need to add a hyperlink.
      2. +
    2. Go to the Insert tab and click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink button.
      3. +
    3. In the opened Hyperlink Settings window, select the Internal Data Range tab and define the sheet and the name. +

      Hyperlink Settings

      +
      4. +
    4. Click OK.
      5. +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/basiccalculations.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/basiccalculations.png index 26b568375..f2bf24017 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/basiccalculations.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/basiccalculations.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png index 30f5350fd..91d301d4e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cab81f64e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_color.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_color.png index 107ebe462..5a0f453e4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_color.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png index 99918595a..7fe17028c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_pattern.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_pattern.png index 26370075d..616778255 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_pattern.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellsettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellsettingstab.png index 15335a97f..565fe3f96 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellsettingstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png index 4fea9543f..a9695d52f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow.png index 2365daddf..4ae0d1bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8ad1152a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4e9643eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20f2396d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac2c4bdaa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ead647421 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7251111c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..945ce676c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8750b92a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1099f2ef0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d7dad68d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca29d106c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d52b6144 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1678d2236 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e20c2f50d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/converttorange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/converttorange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e07ac2e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/converttorange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/create_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/create_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91b7f1c17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/create_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecellwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecellwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bfbb28f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecellwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editnamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editnamewindow.png index 115bf8373..fa4eee716 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editnamewindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editnamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png index 3a91cb024..303f0c8c0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index 5e82e62a9..27fc960f8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png index cbd2140dc..f3f352962 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png index f8b3df2f6..23b48397c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png index 0e8440a69..936f9a414 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/functionarguments.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/functionarguments.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9c1572fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/functionarguments.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/functionicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/functionicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1ad545f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/functionicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettings.png index 2f38a516b..820bccbdb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852443f44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png index bca61c903..81058ed69 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..daf40846e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcellwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcellwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef3dcace6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcellwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunctionwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunctionwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdb76fb97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunctionwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6582b2c9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertslicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertslicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertslicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertslicer_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertslicer_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c69fb1d80 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertslicer_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png index d76bf408d..d10cc9a2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png index aab568962..c78b172f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png index e01fccf6d..b509ef4d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png index 2edeb1fc1..bd0899af4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index e5b407265..befaafb51 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png index dd9e0946f..075d409a9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png index 05edab72f..4b9acc7c5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 79d41e84d..80aed5f32 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index d7e4e1e51..de094bfd6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png index 7a7433530..55c24743e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png index 40d13a762..e7914f2df 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/internallink.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/internallink.png index 779d2a30d..0bc4180f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/internallink.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/internallink.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d596856d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moveelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moveelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ead64a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moveelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multiselect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multiselect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b75a987 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/multiselect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/name_hyperlink.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/name_hyperlink.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31a2a155f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/name_hyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedranges.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedranges.png index 9c371c17e..700dd0e07 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedranges.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedranges.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedrangesicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedrangesicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47e318c47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/namedrangesicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newnamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newnamewindow.png index 0993353ff..b11794745 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newnamewindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newnamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberedlistsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberedlistsettings.png index 667bd205b..0009284a1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberedlistsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..134092516 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cda47bcfd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b5f61192 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_advanced3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c36b4576 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_compact.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_compact.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86ddc460c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_compact.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fd944d5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19992d9db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25d04606 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b2aad727 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filterwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filterwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95b98b34b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_filterwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_menu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b4e4a642 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_menu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_outline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_outline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e91376212 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_refresh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_refresh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d92f93f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_refresh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_rows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_rows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6af3c21a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_rows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectdata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02804456b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectdata2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectdata2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52a877711 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectdata2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectfields.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectfields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a26edc95d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_selectfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74df7c91e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_sort.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_sort.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cade19878 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_sort.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_tabular.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_tabular.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a82328efb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_tabular.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_top.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a9154d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_top.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_topten.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_topten.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d5d46bc1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_topten.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_values.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_values.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52443ce82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_values.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b3dbc6f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivottoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivottoptoolbar.png index c1b44e055..8e6374912 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivottoptoolbar.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pivottoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/printsettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/printsettingswindow.png index 725ac985e..70ee482c7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/printsettingswindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/printsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/proofing.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ddcd38fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acdb32e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d966c77b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_result.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_result.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8cf2acb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_result.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_warning.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_warning.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..085487e96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_warning.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f17ffb7e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removeduplicates_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizeelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizeelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..206959166 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizeelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png index c44162aca..a1c15d63f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png index 76e87371a..0361b7781 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a24245707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_slicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b778c4652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_sparkline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_sparkline.png index 1b0871c2a..946633e92 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_sparkline.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_sparkline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png index 5c4d7605e..8e24194d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf2e03387 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3123de7f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd67f664c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrow_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrow_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f640d274 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrow_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selecttable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selecttable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ccfe3731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selecttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selecttable_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selecttable_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9db1659a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selecttable_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/separator.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/separator.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..738a4122f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/separator.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png index a767058e0..49fe37135 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png index 5ba4ffaf2..f5c65a7c1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png index b35f9ed87..e63fe0cb3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png index c79cea4a4..ab861c69b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png index 494352544..5f537460f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png index 50572fc92..a459078c7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png index 591b8c476..ef0b11618 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac2b809d0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_clearfilter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_clearfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb08729e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b970ba519 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_filter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..554379054 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c170a8eef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_nodata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_nodata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c4a08987 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_nodata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdf094158 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dea912f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..777237c4a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77a59ca3c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ef046f11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_scroll.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_scroll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8e0fe942 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_scroll.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slicer_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_settings.png index dcfd73aa7..745f124d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_settings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/summary.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/summary.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb5568664 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/summary.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png index f650f83e0..19b5b37fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png index 7b2762ead..8433a2c1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabletemplate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabletemplate.png index e0178d43a..698e80591 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabletemplate.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabletemplate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png index a65c38f12..01aceb8be 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textimportwizard.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textimportwizard.png index dbd7492ae..14c8abfb5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textimportwizard.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textimportwizard.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png index a91cbb8bc..2ff86f803 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticaltext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticaltext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd84e8654 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticaltext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 569e63247..8e4b63f5e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -50,6 +50,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "AMORDEGRC Function", "body": "The AMORDEGRC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a degressive depreciation method. The AMORDEGRC function syntax is: AMORDEGRC(cost, date-purchased, first-period, salvage, period, rate[, [basis]]) where cost is the cost of the asset. date-purchased is the date when asset is purchased. first-period is the date when the first period ends. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. period is the period you wish to calculate depreciation for. rate is the rate of depreciation. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the AMORDEGRC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the AMORDEGRC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, + { + "id": "Functions/amorintm.htm", + "title": "FV Function", + "body": "The FV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The FV function syntax is: FV(rate, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. nper is a number of payments. pmt is a payment amount. pv is a present value of the payments. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume pv to be 0. type is a period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the FV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + }, { "id": "Functions/amorlinc.htm", "title": "AMORLINC Function", @@ -240,6 +245,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "CEILING Function", "body": "The CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance. The CEILING function syntax is: CEILING(x, significance) where x is the number you wish to round up, significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round up to, The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the values of x and significance have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. To apply the CEILING function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the CEILING function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, + { + "id": "Functions/cell.htm", + "title": "CELL Function", + "body": "The CELL function is one of the information functions. It is used to return information about the formatting, location, or contents of a cell. The CELL function syntax is: CELL(info_type, [reference]) where: info_type is a text value that specifies which information about the cell you want to get. This is the required argument. The available values are listed in the table below. [reference] is a cell that you want to get information about. If it is omitted, the information is returned for the last changed cell. If the reference argument is specified as a range of cells, the function returns the information for the upper left cell of the range. Text value Type of the information \"address\" Returns the reference to the cell. \"col\" Returns the column number where the cell is located. \"color\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted in color for negative values; otherwise returns 0. \"contents\" Returns the value that the cell contains. \"filename\" Returns the filename of the file that contains the cell. \"format\" Returns a text value corresponding to the number format of the cell. The text values are listed in the table below. \"parentheses\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted with parentheses for positive or all values; otherwise returns 0. \"prefix\" Returns the single quotation mark (') if the text in the cell is left aligned, the double quotation mark (\") if the text is right aligned, the caret (^) if the text is centered, and an empty text (\"\") if the cell contains anything else. \"protect\" Returns 0 if the cell is not locked; returns 1 if the cell is locked. \"row\" Returns the row number where the cell is located. \"type\" Returns \"b\" for an empty cell, \"l\" for a text value, and \"v\" for any other value in the cell. \"width\" Returns the width of the cell, rounded off to an integer. Below you can see the text values which the function returns for the \"format\" argument Number format Returned text value General G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Red]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Red]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? or # ??/?? G m/d/yy or m/d/yy h:mm or mm/dd/yy D4 d-mmm-yy or dd-mmm-yy D1 d-mmm or dd-mmm D2 mmm-yy D3 mm/dd D5 h:mm AM/PM D7 h:mm:ss AM/PM D6 h:mm D9 h:mm:ss D8 To apply the CELL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the CELL function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + }, { "id": "Functions/char.htm", "title": "CHAR Function", @@ -1240,6 +1250,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "LEN/LENB Function", "body": "The LEN/LENB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains. The LEN function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LENB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The LEN/LENB function syntax is: LEN(string) LENB(string) where string is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LEN/LENB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the LEN/LENB function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, + { + "id": "Functions/linest.htm", + "title": "LINEST Function", + "body": "The LINEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the statistics for a line by using the least squares method to calculate a straight line that best fits your data, and then returns an array that describes the line; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula. The LINEST function syntax is: LINEST( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] ) where: known_y's is a known range of y values in the equation y = mx + b. This is the required argument. known_x's is a known range of x values in the equation y = mx + b. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, known_x's is assumed to be the array {1,2,3,...} with the same number of values as known_y's. const is a logical value that specifies if you want to set b equal to 0. This is an optional argument. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, b is calculated normally. If it is set to FALSE, b is set equal to 0. stats is a logical value that specifies if you want to return additional regression statistics. This is an optional argument. If it is set to TRUE, the function returns the additional regression statistics. If it is set to FALSE or omitted, the function does not return the additional regression statistics. To apply the LINEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LINEST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The first value of the resulting array will be displayed in the selected cell." + }, { "id": "Functions/ln.htm", "title": "LN Function", @@ -2258,231 +2273,256 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "About Spreadsheet Editor", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor is an online application that lets you edit your spreadsheets directly in your browser . Using Spreadsheet Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited spreadsheets keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS file. To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor is an online application that allows you to edit spreadsheets directly in your browser . Using the Spreadsheet Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited spreadsheets keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS file. To view the current version of the software and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon on the left sidebar. To view the current version of the software and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", - "title": "Advanced Settings of Spreadsheet Editor", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor lets you change its general advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The general advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented cells will be marked on the sheet only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden on the sheet. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments on the sheet. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows to automatically recover spreadsheets in case of the unexpected program closing. Reference Style is used to turn on/off the R1C1 reference style. By default, this option is disabled and the A1 reference style is used. When the A1 reference style is used, columns are designated by letters, and rows are designated by numbers. If you select the cell located in row 3 and column 2, its address displayed in the box to the left of the the formula bar looks like this: B3. If the R1C1 reference style is enabled, both rows and columns are designated by numbers. If you select the cell at the intersection of row 3 and column 2, its address will look like this: R3C2. Letter R indicates the row number and letter C indicates the column number. In case you refer to other cells using the R1C1 reference style, the reference to a target cell is formed based on the distance from an active cell. For example, when you select the cell in row 5 and column 1 and refer to the cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[-2]C[1]. Numbers in square brackets designate the position of the cell you refer to relative to the current cell position, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows up and 1 column to the right of the active cell. If you select the cell in row 1 and column 2 and refer to the same cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[2]C, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows down from the active cell and in the same column. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Spreadsheet Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. Spreadsheet Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Formula Language is used to select the language for displaying and entering formula names. Regional Settings is used to select the default display format for currency and date and time. Separator is used to specify the characters that you want to use as separators for decimals and thousands. The Use separators based on regional settings option is selected by default. If you want to use custom separators, uncheck this box and enter the necessary characters in the Decimal separator and Thousands separator fields below. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "title": "Advanced Settings of the Spreadsheet Editor", + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to change its general advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The General advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented cells will be marked in the sheet only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default to hide the resolved comments in the sheet. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display the resolved comments in the sheet. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes made during the editing process. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover spreadsheets if the program closes unexpectedly. Reference Style is used to turn on/off the R1C1 reference style. By default, this option is disabled and the A1 reference style is used. When the A1 reference style is used, columns are designated by letters, and rows are designated by numbers. If you select the cell located in row 3 and column 2, its address displayed in the box to the left of the the formula bar looks like this: B3. If the R1C1 reference style is enabled, both rows and columns are designated by numbers. If you select the cell at the intersection of row 3 and column 2, its address will look like this: R3C2. Letter R indicates the row number and letter C indicates the column number. In case you refer to other cells using the R1C1 reference style, the reference to a target cell is formed based on the distance from an active cell. For example, when you select the cell in row 5 and column 1 and refer to the cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[-2]C[1]. The numbers in square brackets designate the position of the cell relative to the current cell position, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows up and 1 column to the right of the active cell. If you select the cell in row 1 and column 2 and refer to the same cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[2]C, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows down from the active cell and in the same column. Co-editing Mode is used to select how the changes made during the co-editing are displayed: By default, the Fast mode is selected, and the co-authors will see all the changes in real time as soon as they are made by others. If you prefer not to see the changes made by other users (so that they do not disturb you), select the Strict mode, and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon, and you will be informed that there are changes by other users. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value by selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. Font Hinting is used to specify how a font is displayed in the Spreadsheet Editor: Choose As Windows to display fonts in the same manner as on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose As OS if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native to display the text with hinting embedded into the font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue with the enabled hardware acceleration in the Google Chrome browser occurs. The Spreadsheet Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Formula Language is used to select the language for displaying and entering formula names. Regional Settings is used to select the default display format for currency and date and time. Separator is used to specify the characters that you want to use as separators for decimals and thousands. The Use separators based on regional settings option is selected by default. If you want to use custom separators, uncheck this box and enter the necessary characters in the Decimal separator and Thousands separator fields below. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the spreadsheet; Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the spreadsheet; Enable all to automatically run all macros within the spreadsheet. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Collaborative Spreadsheet Editing", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor offers you the possibility to work at a spreadsheet collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited spreadsheet visual indication of cells that are being edited by other users real-time changes display or synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular spreadsheet parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing Spreadsheet Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a spreadsheet in the Fast mode, the possibility to Undo/Redo the last operation is not available. When a spreadsheet is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited cells as well as the tab of the sheet where these cells are situated are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited cells, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current spreadsheet is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the spreadsheet: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or comment the spreadsheet, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the spreadsheet at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note in the upper left corner stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which part of the spreadsheet you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the spreadsheet content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment, select a cell where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click within the selected cell and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. The orange triangle will appear in the upper right corner of the cell you commented. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented cells will be marked only if you click the icon. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To view the comment, just click within the cell. You or any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, use the Add Reply link, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have beed added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have beed added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the spreadsheet that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." + "body": "Spreadsheet Editor offers you the possibility to work on a spreadsheet collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited spreadsheet visual indication of cells that are being edited by other users real-time changes display or synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular parts of the spreadsheet comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option on the left side of the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide other user's changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a spreadsheet in the Fast mode, the possibility to Undo/Redo the last operation is not available. When a spreadsheet is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited cells as well as the tab of the sheet where these cells are situated are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited cells, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text. The number of users who are working on the current spreadsheet is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the spreadsheet: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or comment the spreadsheet, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the spreadsheet at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note in the upper left corner stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange tasks with your collaborators, etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the spreadsheet content, it is better to use comments which are stored until they are deleted. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon on the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment, select a cell where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the Comments icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click within the selected cell and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. The orange triangle will appear in the upper right corner of the cell you commented. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case, the commented cells will be marked only if you click the Comments icon. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To view the comment, just click within the cell. You or any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, use the Add Reply link, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing the required name in the comment field - the user list will change while you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not been shared with the mentioned user yet, the Sharing Settings window will open. The Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the spreadsheet that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon on the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Spreadsheet Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current spreadsheet, view its info, create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one, access Spreadsheet Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a cell containing the characters you need. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save spreadsheet Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the spreadsheet currently edited with Spreadsheet Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print spreadsheet Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print your spreadsheet with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download as... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited spreadsheet to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Spreadsheet Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open Spreadsheet Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current spreadsheet window in Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Navigation Move one cell up, down, left, or right ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell above/below the currently selected one or to the left/to the right of it. Jump to the edge of the current data region Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell at the edge of the current data region in a worksheet. Jump to the beginning of the row Home Home Outline a cell in the column A of the current row. Jump to the beginning of the spreadsheet Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Outline the cell A1. Jump to the end of the row End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Outline the last cell of the current row. Jump to the end of the spreadsheet Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Outline the lower right used cell on the worksheet situated at the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data. If the cursor is in the formula bar, it will be placed to the end of the text. Move to the previous sheet Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the previous sheet in your spreadsheet. Move to the next sheet Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the next sheet in your spreadsheet. Move up one row ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Outline the cell above the current one in the same column. Move down one row ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Outline the cell below the current one in the same column. Move left one column ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Outline the previous cell of the current row. Move right one column →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Outline the next cell of the current row. Move down one screen Page Down Page Down Move one screen down in the worksheet. Move up one screen Page Up Page Up Move one screen up in the worksheet. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited spreadsheet. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. Data Selection Select all Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Select the entire worksheet. Select column Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Select an entire column in a worksheet. Select row ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Select an entire row in a worksheet. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the cell by cell. Select from cursor to beginning of row ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current row. Select from cursor to end of row ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the cursor to the end of the current row. Extend the selection to beginning of worksheet Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the beginning of the worksheet. Extend the selection to the last used cell Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the last used cell on the worksheet (at the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data). If the cursor is in the formula bar, this will select all text in the formula bar from the cursor position to the end without affecting the height of the formula bar. Select one cell to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select one cell to the left in a table. Select one cell to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select one cell to the right in a table. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the right ⇧ Shift+Alt+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+End Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the right of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the left ⇧ Shift+Alt+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+Home Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the left of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell up/down the column Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same column up/down from the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection down one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen down from the active cell. Extend the selection up one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen up from the active cell. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program. Data Formatting Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight or remove bold formatting. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt or remove italic formatting. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters or remove underlining. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters or remove strikeout formatting. Add Hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink to an external website or another worksheet. Edit active cell F2 F2 Edit the active cell and position the insertion point at the end of the cell contents. If editing in a cell is turned off, the insertion point will be moved into the Formula Bar. Data Filtering Enable/Remove Filter Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Enable a filter for a selected cell range or remove the filter. Format as table template Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Apply a table template to a selected cell range. Data Entry Complete cell entry and move down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell below. Complete cell entry and move up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell, and move to the cell above. Start new line Alt+↵ Enter Start a new line in the same cell. Cancel Esc Esc Cancel an entry in the selected cell or the formula bar. Delete to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the content of the active cell. Delete to the right Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Delete one character to the right in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the cell contents (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell formats or comments. Clear cell content Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Remove the content (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell format or comments. Complete a cell entry and move to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the right. Complete a cell entry and move to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the left . Functions SUM function Alt+= ⌥ Option+= Insert the SUM function into the selected cell. Open drop-down list Alt+↓ Open a selected drop-down list. Open contextual menu ≣ Menu Open a contextual menu for the selected cell or cell range. Recalculate functions F9 F9 Recalculate the entire workbook. Recalculate functions ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Recalculate the current worksheet. Data Formats Open the 'Number Format' dialog box Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Open the Number Format dialog box. Apply the General format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Applies the General number format. Apply the Currency format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Applies the Currency format with two decimal places (negative numbers in parentheses). Apply the Percentage format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Applies the Percentage format with no decimal places. Apply the Exponential format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Applies the Exponential number format with two decimal places. Apply the Date format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Applies the Date format with the day, month, and year. Apply the Time format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Applies the Time format with the hour and minute, and AM or PM. Apply the Number format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Applies the Number format with two decimal places, thousands separator, and minus sign (-) for negative values. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Spreadsheet Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current spreadsheet, view its info, create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one, access the help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor or its advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a cell containing the required characters. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save spreadsheet Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the spreadsheet currently edited with the Spreadsheet Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print spreadsheet Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print your spreadsheet with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download as... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited spreadsheet to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Spreadsheet Editor on the screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor . Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O Open the standard dialog box on the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors that allows you to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current spreadsheet window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the contextual menu of the selected element. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current spreadsheet to a default 100%. Navigation Move one cell up, down, left, or right ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell above/below the currently selected one or to the left/to the right of it. Jump to the edge of the current data region Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell at the edge of the current data region in a worksheet. Jump to the beginning of the row Home Home Outline a cell in the column A of the current row. Jump to the beginning of the spreadsheet Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Outline the cell A1. Jump to the end of the row End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Outline the last cell of the current row. Jump to the end of the spreadsheet Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Outline the lower right used cell in the worksheet situated in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data. If the cursor is in the formula bar, it will be placed to the end of the text. Move to the previous sheet Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the previous sheet in your spreadsheet. Move to the next sheet Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the next sheet in your spreadsheet. Move up one row ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Outline the cell above the current one in the same column. Move down one row ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Outline the cell below the current one in the same column. Move left one column ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Outline the previous cell of the current row. Move right one column →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Outline the next cell of the current row. Move down one screen Page Down Page Down Move one screen down in the worksheet. Move up one screen Page Up Page Up Move one screen up in the worksheet. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited spreadsheet. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. Data Selection Select all Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Select the entire worksheet. Select column Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Select an entire column in a worksheet. Select row ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Select an entire row in a worksheet. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select a fragment cell by cell. Select from cursor to beginning of row ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current row. Select from cursor to end of row ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the cursor to the end of the current row. Extend the selection to beginning of worksheet Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the beginning of the worksheet. Extend the selection to the last used cell Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the last used cell in the worksheet (in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data). If the cursor is in the formula bar, this will select all text in the formula bar from the cursor position to the end without affecting the height of the formula bar. Select one cell to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select one cell to the left in a table. Select one cell to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select one cell to the right in a table. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the right ⇧ Shift+Alt+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+End Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the right of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the left ⇧ Shift+Alt+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+Home Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the left of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell up/down the column Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same column up/down from the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection down one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen down from the active cell. Extend the selection up one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen up from the active cell. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program. Data Formatting Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal or remove the bold formatting. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted or remove italic formatting. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters or remove underlining. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters or remove strikeout formatting. Add Hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink to an external website or another worksheet. Edit active cell F2 F2 Edit the active cell and position the insertion point at the end of the cell contents. If editing in a cell is turned off, the insertion point will be moved into the Formula Bar. Data Filtering Enable/Remove Filter Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Enable a filter for a selected cell range or remove the filter. Format as table template Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Apply a table template to a selected cell range. Data Entry Complete cell entry and move down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell below. Complete cell entry and move up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell, and move to the cell above. Start new line Alt+↵ Enter Start a new line in the same cell. Cancel Esc Esc Cancel an entry in the selected cell or the formula bar. Delete to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the content of the active cell. Delete to the right Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Delete one character to the right in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the cell contents (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell formats or comments. Clear cell content Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Remove the content (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting the cell format or comments. Complete a cell entry and move to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the right. Complete a cell entry and move to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the left . Insert cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Open the dialog box for inserting new cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the right, a shift down, inserting an entire row or an entire column. Delete cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Open the dialog box for deleting cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the left, a shift up, deleting an entire row or an entire column. Insert the current date Ctrl+; Ctrl+; Insert the today date within an active cell. Insert the current time Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current time within an active cell. Insert the current date and time Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current date and time within an active cell. Functions Insert function ⇧ Shift+F3 ⇧ Shift+F3 Open the dialog box for inserting a new function by choosing from the provided list. SUM function Alt+= ⌥ Option+= Insert the SUM function into the selected cell. Open drop-down list Alt+↓ Open a selected drop-down list. Open contextual menu ≣ Menu Open a contextual menu for the selected cell or cell range. Recalculate functions F9 F9 Recalculate the entire workbook. Recalculate functions ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Recalculate the current worksheet. Data Formats Open the 'Number Format' dialog box Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Open the Number Format dialog box. Apply the General format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Apply the General number format. Apply the Currency format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Apply the Currency format with two decimal places (negative numbers in parentheses). Apply the Percentage format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Apply the Percentage format with no decimal places. Apply the Exponential format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Apply the Exponential number format with two decimal places. Apply the Date format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Apply the Date format with the day, month, and year. Apply the Time format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Apply the Time format with the hour and minute, and AM or PM. Apply the Number format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Apply the Number format with two decimal places, thousands separator, and minus sign (-) for negative values. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", - "body": "To help you view and select cells in a large spreadsheet Spreadsheet Editor offers several tools: adjustable bars, scrollbars, sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs and zoom. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the spreadsheet, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Formula Bar - hides the bar situated below the top toolbar and used to enter and review the formula and its content. To show the hidden Formula Bar click this option once again. Hide Headings - hides the column heading at the top and row heading at the left of the worksheet. To show the hidden Headings click this option once again. Hide Gridlines - hides the lines that appear around the cells. To show the hidden Gridlines click this option once again. Freeze Panes - freezes all the rows above the active cell and all the columns to the left of the active cell so that they remain visible when you scroll the spreadsheet to the right or down. To unfreeze the panes just click this option once again or right-click anywhere within the worksheet and select the Unfreeze Panes option from the menu. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. You can also change the size of the opened Comments or Chat panel using the simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your spreadsheet, use the following tools: The Scrollbars (on the bottom or right side) are used to scroll up/down and left/right the current sheet. To navigate a spreadsheet using the scrollbars: click the up/down or right/left arrows on the scrollbars; drag the scroll box; click any area to the left/right or above/below the scroll box on the scrollbar. You can also use the mouse scroll wheel to scroll your spreadsheet up or down. The Sheet Navigation buttons are situated in the left lower corner and are used to scroll the sheet list to the right/left and navigate among the sheet tabs. click the Scroll to first sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the first sheet tab of the current spreadsheet; click the Scroll sheet list left button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the left; click the Scroll sheet list right button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the right; click the Scroll to last sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the last sheet tab of the current spreadsheet. To activate an appropriate sheet click its Sheet Tab at the bottom next to the Sheet Navigation buttons. The Zoom buttons are situated in the lower right corner and are used to zoom in and out the current sheet. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list." + "body": "To help you view and select cells in large spreadsheets, the Spreadsheet Editor offers several tools: adjustable bars, scrollbars, sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs and zoom. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the spreadsheet, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar with commands while the tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Formula Bar - hides the bar below the top toolbar which is used to enter and review the formulas and their contents. To show the hidden Formula Bar, click this option once again. Hide Headings - hides the column heading at the top and row heading on the left side of the worksheet. To show the hidden Headings, click this option once again. Hide Gridlines - hides the lines around the cells. To show the hidden Gridlines, click this option once again. Freeze Panes - freezes all the rows above the active cell and all the columns to the left of the active cell so that they remain visible when you scroll the spreadsheet to the right or down. To unfreeze the panes, just click this option once again or right-click anywhere within the worksheet and select the Unfreeze Panes option from the menu. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. You can also change the size of the opened Comments or Chat panel using the simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width, move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your spreadsheet, use the following tools: The Scrollbars (at the bottom or on the right side) are used to scroll up/down and left/right the current sheet. To navigate a spreadsheet using the scrollbars: click the up/down or right/left arrows on the scrollbars; drag the scroll box; click any area to the left/right or above/below the scroll box on the scrollbar. You can also use the mouse scroll wheel to scroll your spreadsheet up or down. The Sheet Navigation buttons are situated in the left lower corner and are used to scroll the sheet list to the right/left and navigate among the sheet tabs. click the Scroll to first sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the first sheet tab of the current spreadsheet; click the Scroll sheet list left button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the left; click the Scroll sheet list right button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the right; click the Scroll to last sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the last sheet tab of the current spreadsheet. To activate the appropriate sheet, click its Sheet Tab at the bottom next to the Sheet Navigation buttons. The Zoom buttons are situated in the lower right corner and are used to zoom in and out the current sheet. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. The Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Search and Replace Functions", - "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the current spreadsheet, click the icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. If you want to search for/replace values within a certain area on the current sheet only, select the necessary cell range and then click the icon. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search options clicking the icon next to the data entry field and checking the necesary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). Entire cell contents - is used to find only the cells that do not contain any other characters besides the ones specified in your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is '56' and this option is selected, the cells containing such data as '0.56' or '156' etc. will not be found). Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight click the option once again. Within - is used to search within the active Sheet only or the whole Workbook. If you want to perform a search within the selected area on the sheet, make sure that the Sheet option is selected. Search - is used to specify the direction that you want to search: to the right by rows or down by columns. Look in - is used to specify whether you want to search the Value of the cells or their underlying Formulas. Click one of the arrow buttons on the right. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the worksheet (if you click the button) or towards the end of the worksheet (if you click the button) from the current position. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." + "body": "To search for the required characters, words or phrases used in the current spreadsheet, click the Search icon situated on the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. If you want to search for/replace some values only within a certain area in the current sheet, select the necessary cell range and then click the Search icon. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search options clicking the icon next to the data entry field and checking the necesary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). Entire cell contents - is used to find only the cells that do not contain any other characters besides the ones specified in your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is '56' and this option is selected, the cells containing such data as '0.56' or '156' etc. will not be found). Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight, click the option once again. Within - is used to search within the active Sheet only or the whole Workbook. If you want to perform a search within the selected area in the sheet, make sure that the Sheet option is selected. Search - is used to specify the direction that you want to search: to the right by rows or down by columns. Look in - is used to specify whether you want to search the Value of the cells or their underlying Formulas. Click one of the arrow buttons on the right. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the worksheet (if you click the button) or towards the end of the worksheet (if you click the button) from the current position. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in a new text into the bottom data entry field to replace the existing one. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Spell-checking", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor allows you to check the spelling of the text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. Click the Spell checking icon at the left sidebar to open the spell checking panel. The upper left cell that contains a misspelled text value will be automatically selected on the current worksheet. The first misspelled word will be displayed in the spell checking field, and the suggested similar words spelled correctly will appear in the field below. Use the Go to the next word button to navigate between misspelled word. Replace misspelled words To replace the currently selected misspelled word with the suggested one, choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly and use the Change option: click the Change button, or click the downward arrow next to the Change button and select the Change option. The current word will be replaced and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To quickly replace all the identical words repeated on the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the the Change button and select the Change all option. Ignore words To skip the current word: click the Ignore button, or click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore option. The current word will be skipped and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To skip all the all the identical words repeated on the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore all option. If the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary using the Add to Dictionary button at the spell checking panel. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. The Dictionary Language which is used for spell checking is displayed in the list below. You can change it, if necessary. Once you verify all the words on the worksheet, the Spellcheck has been complete message will appear at the spell checking panel. To close the spell checking panel, click the Spell checking icon at the left sidebar. Change the spell check settings To change the spell check settings, go to the spreadsheet editor advanced settings (File tab -> Advanced Settings...) and switch to the Spell checking tab. Here you can adjust the following parameters: Dictionary language - select one of the available languages from the list. The Dictionary Language at the spell checking panel will be changed correspondingly. Ignore words in UPPERCASE - check this option to ignore words written in capital letters, e.g. acronyms like SMB. Ignore words with numbers - check this option to ignore words containing numbers, e.g. acronyms like B2B. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to check the spelling of the text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. Click the Spell checking icon on the left sidebar to open the spell checking panel. The upper left cell that contains a misspelled text value will be automatically selected in the current worksheet. The first misspelled word will be displayed in the spell checking field, and the suggested similar words with correct spelling will appear in the field below. Use the Go to the next word button to navigate through misspelled word. Replace misspelled words To replace the currently selected misspelled word with the suggested one, choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly and use the Change option: click the Change button, or click the downward arrow next to the Change button and select the Change option. The current word will be replaced and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To quickly replace all the identical words repeated on the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the the Change button and select the Change all option. Ignore words To skip the current word: click the Ignore button, or click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore option. The current word will be skipped, and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To skip all the identical words repeated in the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore all option. If the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary using the Add to Dictionary button on the spell checking panel. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. The Dictionary Language which is used for spell-checking is displayed in the list below. You can change it, if necessary. Once you verify all the words in the worksheet, the Spellcheck has been complete message will appear on the spell-checking panel. To close the spell-checking panel, click the Spell checking icon on the left sidebar. Change the spell check settings To change the spell-checking settings, go to the spreadsheet editor advanced settings (File tab -> Advanced Settings...) and switch to the Spell checking tab. Here you can adjust the following parameters: Dictionary language - select one of the available languages from the list. The Dictionary Language on the spell-checking panel will be changed correspondingly. Ignore words in UPPERCASE - check this option to ignore words written in capital letters, e.g. acronyms like SMB. Ignore words with numbers - check this option to ignore words containing numbers, e.g. acronyms like B2B. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Supported Formats of Spreadsheets", - "body": "A spreadsheet is a table of data organized in rows and columns. It is most frequently used to store the financial information because of its ability to re-calculate the entire sheet automatically after a change to a single cell. Spreadsheet Editor allows you to open, view and edit the most popular spreadsheet file formats. Formats Description View Edit Download XLS File extension for a spreadsheet file created by Microsoft Excel + + XLSX Default file extension for a spreadsheet file written in Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (or later versions) + + + XLTX Excel Open XML Spreadsheet Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for spreadsheet templates. An XLTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple spreadsheets with the same formatting + + + ODS File extension for a spreadsheet file used by OpenOffice and StarOffice suites, an open standard for spreadsheets + + + OTS OpenDocument Spreadsheet Template OpenDocument file format for spreadsheet templates. An OTS template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple spreadsheets with the same formatting + + + CSV Comma Separated Values File format used to store tabular data (numbers and text) in plain-text form + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + +" + "body": "A spreadsheet is a table of data organized in rows and columns. It is most frequently used to store financial information because of its ability to re-calculate the entire sheet automatically after a change to a single cell is made. The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to open, view and edit the most popular spreadsheet file formats. Formats Description View Edit Download XLS File extension for spreadsheet files created by Microsoft Excel + + XLSX Default file extension for spreadsheet files written in Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (or later versions) + + + XLTX Excel Open XML Spreadsheet Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for spreadsheet templates. An XLTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple spreadsheets with the same formatting + + + ODS File extension for spreadsheet files used by OpenOffice and StarOffice suites, an open standard for spreadsheets + + + OTS OpenDocument Spreadsheet Template OpenDocument file format for spreadsheet templates. An OTS template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple spreadsheets with the same formatting + + + CSV Comma Separated Values File format used to store tabular data (numbers and text) in plain-text form + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of the application software, hardware, and operating systems used. + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Collaboration tab", - "body": "The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the spreadsheet. In the online version, you can share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments and use chat. In the desktop version, you can manage comments. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: specify sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add or remove comments to the spreadsheet, open the Chat panel (available in the online version only)." + "body": "The Collaboration tab allows working collaboratively on a spreadsheet. In the online version, you can share the file, select the required co-editing mode and manage comments. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments and communicate via chat. In the desktop version, you can only manage comments. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust the sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add or remove comments left in the spreadsheet, open the Chat panel (available in the online version only)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "title": "Data tab", - "body": "The Data tab allows to manage data on a sheet. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: sort and filter your data, convert text to columns, group and ungroup data." + "body": "The Data tab allows to managing data in a sheet. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: sort and filter data, convert text to columns, remove duplicates from a data range, group and ungroup data." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "File tab", - "body": "The File tab allows to perform some basic operations on the current file. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the spreadsheet in the selected format to the computer hard disk drive), save copy as (save a copy of the spreadsheet in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file with a different name, location or format using the Save as option, print the file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new spreadsheet or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the spreadsheet or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), access the editor Advanced Settings, in the desktop version, open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab." + "body": "The File tab allows performing basic operations with the current file. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can perform the following operations: in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the spreadsheet in the selected format to hard disk drive of the computer), save copy as (save a copy of the spreadsheet in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file with a different name, location or format using the Save as option, print the file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new spreadsheet or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view the general information about the spreadsheet or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), access the Advanced Settings of the editor, in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder in the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm", "title": "Formula tab", - "body": "The Formula tab allows to easily work with all functions. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: insert functions using the Insert Function dialog window, quickly access Autosum formulas, access 10 recently used formulas, work with formulas classified into categories, use the calculation options: calculate the entire workbook, or the current worksheet only." + "body": "The Formula tab allows working easily with all functions. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert functions using the Insert Function dialog window, quickly access Autosum formulas, access 10 recently used formulas, work with formulas classified into categories, work with named ranges, use the calculation options: calculate the entire workbook, or the current worksheet only." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a spreadsheet. It allows to format cells and data within them, apply filters, insert functions. Some other options are also available here, such as color schemes, Format as table template feature and so on. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: set font type, size, style, and colors, align your data in cells, add cell borders and merge cells, insert functions and create named ranges, sort and filter data, change number format, add or remove cells, rows, columns, copy/clear cell formatting, apply a table template to a selected cell range." + "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a spreadsheet. It allows you to format cells and data in them, apply filters, insert functions, etc. Some other options are also available here, such as color schemes, Format as table template feature and so on. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: set the font type, size, style, and colors, align data in cells, add cell borders and merge cells, insert functions and create named ranges, sort and filter data, change the number format, add or remove cells, rows, columns, copy/clear the cell formatting, apply a table template to the selected cell range." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Insert tab", - "body": "The Insert tab allows to add visual objects and comments into your spreadsheet. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: insert formatted tables, insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert headers/footers, insert equations and symbols." + "body": "The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments to a spreadsheet. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert formatted tables, insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert headers/footers, insert equations and symbols, insert slicers." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Layout tab", - "body": "The Layout tab allows to adjust the appearance of a spreadsheet: set up page parameters and define the arrangement of visual elements. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation, size, specify a print area, insert headers or footers, scale a worksheet, align and arrange objects (images, charts, shapes)." + "body": "The Layout tab allows adjusting the appearance of a spreadsheet: setting up the page parameters and defining the arrangement of visual elements. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation, size, specify a print area, insert headers or footers, scale a worksheet, specify if you want to print titles, align and arrange objects (images, charts, shapes)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "title": "Pivot Table tab", - "body": "Note: this option is available in the online version only. The Pivot Table tab allows to change the appearance of an existing pivot table. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Using this tab, you can: select an entire pivot table with a single click, emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, choose one of the predefined tables styles." + "body": "The Pivot Table tab allows creating and editing pivot tables. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: create a new pivot table, choose the necessary layout for your pivot table, update the pivot table if you change the data in your source data set, select an entire pivot table with a single click, highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them, choose one of the predefined tables styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: The Settings button allows to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. With this tab, you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The Settings button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all the installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows you to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows you to highlight the code syntax selecting the required language, style and background color, PhotoEditor allows you to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows you to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows you to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows you to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the Spreadsheet Editor user interface", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Online Spreadsheet Editor window: Desktop Spreadsheet Editor window: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, opened documents tabs, spreadsheet name and menu tabs. In the left part of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons. In the right part of the Editor header the user name is displayed as well as the following icons: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows to open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab. - allows to adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows to set access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Formula bar allows to enter and edit formulas or values in the cells. Formula bar displays the content of the currently selected cell. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains some navigation tools: sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs, and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays the number of filtered records if you apply a filter, or results of the automatic calculations if you select several cells containing data. Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows to use the Search and Replace tool, - allows to open the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to open the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a worksheet, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Working area allows to view spreadsheet content, enter and edit data. Horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow to scroll up/down and left/right the current sheet. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Main window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened spreadsheets, with their names and menu tabs.. On the left side of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. - allows adjusting the View Settings and accessing the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains some navigation tools: sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs, and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays the number of filtered records if you apply a filter, or the results of automatic calculations if you select several cells containing data. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in a worksheet, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The Working area allows viewing the contents of a spreadsheet, as well as entering and editing data. The horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow scrolling up/down and left/right. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Add cell background and borders", - "body": "Add cell background To apply and format cell background, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. to apply a solid color fill to the cell background, click the Background color icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar and choose the necessary color. to use other fill types, such as a gradient fill or pattern, click the Cell settings icon at the right sidebar and use the Fill section: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the selected cells with. Click the colored box below and select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. Gradient Fill - fill the selected cells with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Angle - manually specify an exact value in degrees that defines the gradient direction (colors change in a straight line at the specified angle). Direction - choose a predefined template from the menu. The following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right (45°), top to bottom (90°), top-right to bottom-left (135°), right to left (180°), bottom-right to top-left (225°), bottom to top (270°), bottom-left to top-right (315°), left to right (0°). Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Pattern - select this option to fill the selected cells with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Add cell borders To add and format borders to a worksheet, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. click the Borders icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or click the Cell settings icon at the right sidebar and use the Borders Style section, select the border style you wish to apply: open the Border Style submenu and select one of the available options, open the Border Color submenu or use the Color palette at the right sidebar and select the color you need from the palette, select one of the available border templates: Outside Borders , All Borders , Top Borders , Bottom Borders , Left Borders , Right Borders , No Borders , Inside Borders , Inside Vertical Borders , Inside Horizontal Borders , Diagonal Up Border , Diagonal Down Border ." + "body": "Add a cell background To apply and format a cell background, select a cell or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. to apply a solid color fill to the cell background, click the Background color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and choose the required color. to use other fill types, such as a gradient fill or pattern, click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Fill section: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the selected cells with. Click the colored box below and select one of the following palettes: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the required colors range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette. Gradient Fill - fill the selected cells with two colors which smoothly change from one to the other. Angle - manually specify an exact value in degrees that defines the gradient direction (colors change in a straight line at the specified angle). Direction - choose a predefined template from the menu. The following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right (45°), top to bottom (90°), top-right to bottom-left (135°), right to left (180°), bottom-right to top-left (225°), bottom to top (270°), bottom-left to top-right (315°), left to right (0°). Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Pattern - select this option to fill the selected cells with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Add cell borders To add and format borders to a worksheet, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. click the Borders icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Borders Style section, select the border style you wish to apply: open the Border Style submenu and select one of the available options, open the Border Color icon submenu or use the Color palette on the right sidebar and select the required color from the palette, select one of the available border templates: Outside Borders , All Borders , Top Borders , Bottom Borders , Left Borders , Right Borders , No Borders , Inside Borders , Inside Vertical Borders , Inside Horizontal Borders , Diagonal Up Border , Diagonal Down Border ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, select a cell where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings will appear where you can specify the hyperlink settings: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Internal Data Range option and select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. Note: if the selected cell already contains data, it will be automatically displayed in this field. ScreenTip Text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. When you hover the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. To follow the link click the link in your spreadsheet. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link click and hold the mouse button. To delete the added hyperlink, activate the cell containing the added hyperlink and press the Delete key, or right-click the cell and select the Clear All option from the drop-down list." + "body": "To add a hyperlink, select a cell where a hyperlink should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink settings: Select the required link type: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet. You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. Note: if the selected cell already contains data, it will be automatically displayed in this field. ScreenTip Text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label connected to the hyperlink. click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button the position where the hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. When you hover the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear. To follow the link, click the link in the spreadsheet. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link, click and hold the mouse button. To delete the added hyperlink, activate the cell containing the added hyperlink and press the Delete key, or right-click the cell and select the Clear All option from the drop-down list." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Align data in cells", - "body": "You can align your data horizontally and vertically or even rotate data within a cell. To do that, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination. You can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Then perform one of the following operations using the icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Apply one of the horizontal alignment of the data within a cell, click the Align left icon to align your data by the left side of the cell (the right side remains unaligned); click the Align center icon to align your data by the center of the cell (the right and the left sides remains unaligned); click the Align right icon to align your data by the right side of the cell (the left side remains unaligned); click the Justified icon to align your data by both the left and the right sides of the cell (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). Change the vertical alignment of the data within a cell, click the Align top icon to align your data to the top of the cell; click the Align middle icon to align your data to the middle of the cell; click the Align bottom icon to align your data to the bottom of the cell. Change the angle of the data within a cell, clicking the Orientation icon and choosing one of the options: use the Horizontal Text option to place the text horizontally (default option), use the Angle Counterclockwise option to place the text from the bottom left corner to the top right corner of a cell, use the Angle Clockwise option to place the text from the top left corner to the bottom right corner of a cell, use the Rotate Text Up option to place the text from bottom to top of a cell, use the Rotate Text Down option to place the text from top to bottom of a cell. To rotate the text by an exactly specified angle, click the Cell settings icon at the right sidebar and use the Orientation. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the Angle field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Fit your data to the column width clicking the Wrap text icon. Note: if you change the column width, data wrapping adjusts automatically." + "body": "You can align data horizontally and vertically or even rotate data within a cell. To do that, select a cell or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination. You can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Then perform one of the following operations using the icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Apply one of the horizontal alignment styles to the data within a cell, click the Align left icon to align the data to the left side of the cell (the right side remains unaligned); click the Align center icon to align the data in the center of the cell (the right and the left sides remains unaligned); click the Align right icon to align the data to the right side of the cell (the left side remains unaligned); click the Justified icon to align the data both to the left and the right sides of the cell (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). Change the vertical alignment of the data within a cell, click the Align top icon to align your data to the top of the cell; click the Align middle icon to align your data to the middle of the cell; click the Align bottom icon to align your data to the bottom of the cell. Change the angle of the data within a cell by clicking the Orientation icon and choosing one of the following options: use the Horizontal Text option to place the text horizontally (default option), use the Angle Counterclockwise option to place the text from the bottom left corner to the top right corner of a cell, use the Angle Clockwise option to place the text from the top left corner to the bottom right corner of a cell, use the Vertical text option to place the text from vertically, use the Rotate Text Up option to place the text from bottom to top of a cell, use the Rotate Text Down option to place the text from top to bottom of a cell. To rotate the text by an exactly specified angle, click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Orientation. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the Angle field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Fit your data to the column width by clicking the Wrap text icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or by checking the Wrap text checkbox on the right sidebar. Note: if you change the column width, data wrapping adjusts automatically. Fit your data to the cell width by checking the Shrink to fit on the right sidebar. Using this function, the contents of the cell will be reduced in size to such an extent that it can fit in it. " }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", "title": "Change number format", - "body": "Apply a number format You can easily change the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in your spreadsheet. To do that, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. drop-down the Number format list situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu. Select the number format you wish to apply: General - is used to display the data you enter as plain numbers in the most compact way without any additional signs, Number - is used to display the numbers with 0-30 digits after the decimal point where a thousand separator is added between each group of three digits before the decimal point, Scientific (exponential) - is used to keep short the numbers converting in a string of type d.dddE+ddd or d.dddE-ddd where each d is a digit 0 to 9, Accounting - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Currency format, the Accounting format aligns currency symbols by the left side of the cell, represents zero values as dashes and displays negative values in parentheses. Note: to quickly apply the Accounting format to the selected data, you can also click the Accounting style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary currency symbol: one of the following currency symbols: $ Dollar, € Euro, £ Pound, ₽ Rouble, ¥ Yen. Currency - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Accounting format, the Currency format places a currency symbol directly before the first digit and displays negative values with the negative sign (-). Date - is used to display dates, Time - is used to display time, Percentage - is used to display the data as a percentage accompanied by a percent sign %, Note: to quickly apply the percent style to your data you can also use the Percent style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Fraction - is used to display the numbers as common fractions rather than decimals. Text - is used to display the numeric values as a plain text with as much precision as available. More formats - is used to customize the already applied number formats specifying additional parameters (see the description below). change the number of decimal places, if needed: use the Increase decimal icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display more digits after the decimal point, use the Decrease decimal icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display fewer digits after the decimal point. Note: to change a number format you can also use keyboard shortcuts. Customize the number format You can customize the applied number format in the following way: select the cells you want to customize the number format for, drop-down the Number format list at the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu, select the More formats option, in the Number Format window that opens, adjust the available parameters. The options differ depending on the number format that is applied to the selected cells. You can use the Category list to change the number format. for the Number format, you can set the number of Decimal points, specify if you want to Use 1000 separator or not and choose one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Scientific and Persentage formats, you can set the number of Decimal points. for the Accounting and Currency formats, you can set the number of Decimal points, choose one of the available currency Symbols and one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Date format, you can select one of the available date formats: 4/15, 4/15/06, 04/15/06, 4/15/2006, 4/15/06 0:00, 4/15/06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15/Apr, 15/Apr/06, Apr/06, April/06, A/06, 06/Apr, 15/Apr/2006, 2006/Apr/15, 06/Apr/15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06/4/15, 06/04/15, 2006/4/15. for the Time format, you can select one of the available time formats: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57.6, 36:48:58. for the Fraction format, you can select one of the available formats: Up to one digit (1/3), Up to two digits (12/25), Up to three digits (131/135), As halves (1/2), As fourths (2/4), As eighths (4/8), As sixteenths (8/16), As tenths (5/10) , As hundredths (50/100). click the OK button to apply the changes." + "body": "Apply a number format You can easily change the number format, i.e. the way the numbers appear in a spreadsheet. To do that, select a cell, a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. drop-down the Number format button list situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu. Select the number format you wish to apply: General - is used to display the data as plain numbers in the most compact way without any additional signs, Number - is used to display the numbers with 0-30 digits after the decimal point where a thousand separator is added between each group of three digits before the decimal point, Scientific (exponential) - is used to keep short the numbers converting in a string of type d.dddE+ddd or d.dddE-ddd where each d is a digit 0 to 9, Accounting - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Currency format, the Accounting format aligns currency symbols to the left side of the cell, represents zero values as dashes and displays negative values in parentheses. Note: to quickly apply the Accounting format to the selected data, you can also click the Accounting style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following currency symbols: $ Dollar, € Euro, £ Pound, ₽ Rouble, ¥ Yen. Currency - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Accounting format, the Currency format places a currency symbol directly before the first digit and displays negative values with the negative sign (-). Date - is used to display dates, Time - is used to display time, Percentage - is used to display the data as a percentage accompanied by a percent sign %, Note: to quickly apply the percent style to the data, you can also use the Percent style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Fraction - is used to display the numbers as common fractions rather than decimals. Text - is used to display the numeric values as a plain text with as much precision as possible. More formats - is used to customize the already applied number formats specifying additional parameters (see the description below). change the number of decimal places if needed: use the Increase decimal icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display more digits after the decimal point, use the Decrease decimal icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display fewer digits after the decimal point. Note: to change the number format you can also use keyboard shortcuts. Customize the number format You can customize the applied number format in the following way: select the cells whose number format you want to customize, drop-down the Number format button list on the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu, select the More formats option, in the opened Number Format window, adjust the available parameters. The options differ depending on the number format that is applied to the selected cells. You can use the Category list to change the number format. for the Number format, you can set the number of Decimal points, specify if you want to Use 1000 separator or not and choose one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Scientific and Persentage formats, you can set the number of Decimal points. for the Accounting and Currency formats, you can set the number of Decimal points, choose one of the available currency Symbols and one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Date format, you can select one of the available date formats: 4/15, 4/15/06, 04/15/06, 4/15/2006, 4/15/06 0:00, 4/15/06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15/Apr, 15/Apr/06, Apr/06, April/06, A/06, 06/Apr, 15/Apr/2006, 2006/Apr/15, 06/Apr/15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06/4/15, 06/04/15, 2006/4/15. for the Time format, you can select one of the available time formats: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57.6, 36:48:58. for the Fraction format, you can select one of the available formats: Up to one digit (1/3), Up to two digits (12/25), Up to three digits (131/135), As halves (1/2), As fourths (2/4), As eighths (4/8), As sixteenths (8/16), As tenths (5/10) , As hundredths (50/100). click the OK button to apply the changes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Clear text, format in a cell, copy cell format", - "body": "Clear format You can quickly remove the text or the format within the selected cell. To do that, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. click the Clear icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options: use the All option if you wish to remove all including text, format, function etc; use the Text option if you wish to remove the text from the selected range of cells; use the Format option if you wish to clear the format of the selected range of cells. The text and functions, if present, will remain; use the Comments option if you wish to remove comments from the selected range of cells; use the Hyperlinks option if you wish to clear hyperlinks within the selected range of cells. Note: all these options are also available from the right-click menu. Copy cell format You can quickly copy a certain cell format and apply it to other cells. To apply the copied format to a single cell or several adjacent cells, select the cell/range of cells which format you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the cell/range of cells you want to apply the same format to. To apply the copied format to multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges, select the cell/range of cells which format you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), click single cells or select cell ranges one by one to apply the same format to all of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard." + "body": "Clear format You can quickly remove the text or format from the selected cell. To do that, select a cell, a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. click the Clear icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options: use the All option if you wish to remove everything including the text, format, function etc; use the Text option if you wish to remove the text from the selected range of cell range; use the Format option if you wish to remove the format of the selected cell range. The text and all functions will remain; use the Comments option if you wish to remove comments from the selected cell range; use the Hyperlinks option if you wish to remove hyperlinks from the selected cell range. Note: all these options are also available in the right-click menu. Copy cell format You can quickly copy the format of a certain cell and apply it to other cells. To apply the copied format to a single cell or several adjacent cells, select the cell/cell range with the required format by clicking or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the cell/cell range to apply the required format to. To apply the copied format to multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges, select the cell/cell range with the required format by clicking or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), click the required cells or select the cell ranges one by one to apply the same format to all of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", + "title": "Conditional Formatting", + "body": "Note: the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules. Conditional formatting allows you to apply various formatting styles (color, font, decoration, gradient) to cells to work with data on the spreadsheet: highlight or sort through and display the data that meets the needed criteria. The criteria are defined by a number of rule types. The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules. Rule types supported in the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor View mode are cell value (+formula), top/bottom and above/below average value, unique values and duplicates, icon sets, data bars, gradient (color scale) and formula-based rules. Cell value is used to find needed numbers, dates, and text within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see sales for the current month (pink highlight), products named “Grain” (yellow highlight), and product sales amounting to less than $500 (blue highlight). Cell value with a formula is used to display a dynamically changed number or text value within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to find products named “Grain”, “Produce”, or “Dairy” (yellow highlight), or product sales amounting to a value between $100 and $500 (blue highlight). Top and bottom value / Above and below average value is used to find and display the top and bottom values as well as above and below average values within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see top values for fees in the cities you visited (orange highlight), the cities where the attendance was above average (green highlight) and bottom values for cities where you sold a small quantity of books (blue highlight). Unique and duplicates is used to display duplicate values within the spreadsheet and the cell range defined by the conditional formatting. For example, you need to find duplicate contacts. Enter the drop-down menu. The number of duplicates is shown to the right of the contact name. If you check the box, only the duplicates will be shown in the list. Icon set is used to show the data by displaying a corresponding icon in the cell that meets the criteria. The Spreadsheet Editor supports various icon sets. Below you will find examples for the most common icon set conditional formatting cases. Instead of numbers and percent values you see formatted cells with corresponding arrows showing you revenue achievement in the “Status” column and the dynamics for trends in the future in the “Trend” column. Instead of cells with rating numbers ranging from 1 to 5, the conditional formatting tool displays corresponding icons from the legend map at the top for each bike in the rating list. Instead of manually comparing monthly profit dynamics data, the formatted cells have a corresponding red or green arrow. Use the traffic lights system (red, yellow, and green circles) to visualize sales dynamics. Data bars are used to compare values in the form of a diagram bar. For example, compare mountain heights by displaying their default value in meters (green bar) and the same value in 0 to 100 percent range (yellow bar); percentile when extreme values slant the data (light blue bar); bars only instead of numbers (blue bar); two-column data analysis to see both numbers and bars (red bar). Gradient, or color scale, is used to highlight values within the spreadsheet through a gradient scale. The columns from “Dairy” through “Beverage” display data via a two color scale with variation from yellow to red; the “Total Sales” column displays data via a three color scale from the smallest amount in red to the largest amount in blue. Formula-based formatting uses various formulas to filter data as per specific needs. For example, you can shade alternate rows, compare with a reference value (here it is $55) and show if it is higher (green) or lower (red), highlight the rows that meet the needed criteria (see what goals you shall achieve this month, in this case it is October), and highlight unique rows only Please note that this guide contains graphic information from the Microsoft Office Conditional Formatting Samples and guidelines workbook. Try the aforementioned rules display by downloading the workbook and opening it in the Spreadsheet Editor." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "title": "Cut/copy/paste data", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste data in the current spreadsheet make use of the right-click menu or use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar, Cut - select data and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Copy - select data and either use the Copy icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Copy option from the menu to send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Paste - select a place and either use the Paste icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Paste option to insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same spreadsheet. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another spreadsheet or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the necessary cell/range of cells, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available: Paste - allows to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default. The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: Paste only formula - allows to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Formula + number format - allows to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Formula + all formatting - allows to paste formulas with all the data formatting. Formula without borders - allows to paste formulas with the all the data formatting excepting cell borders. Formula + column width - allows to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column width for the cell range you paste the data to. The following options allow to paste the result that the copied formula returns without pasting the formula itself: Paste only value - allows to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Value + number format - allows to paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Value + all formatting - allows to paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting - allows to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Transpose - allows to paste data changing columns to rows and rows to columns. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Source formatting - allows to keep the source formatting of the copied data. Destination formatting - allows to apply the formatting that is already used for the cell/autoshape you paste the data to. Paste delimited text When pasting delimited text copied from a .txt file, the following options are available: The delimited text can contain several records where each record corresponds to a single table row. Each record can contain several text values separated with a delimiters (such as comma, semicolon, colon, tab, space or some other character). The file should be saved as a plain text .txt file. Keep text only - allows to paste text values into a single column where each cell contents corresponds to a row in a source text file. Use text import wizard - allows to open the Text Import Wizard which helps to easily split the text values into multiple columns where each text value separated by a delimiter will be placed into a separate cell. When the Text Import Wizard window opens, select the text delimiter used in the delimited data from the Delimiter drop-down list. The data splitted into columns will be displayed in the Preview field below. If you are satisfied with the result, press the OK button. If you pasted delimited data from a source that is not a plain text file (e.g. text copied from a web page etc.), or if you applied the Keep text only feature and now want to split the data from a single column into several columns, you can use the Text to Columns option. To split data into multiple columns: Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters. Switch to the Data tab. Click the Text to columns button at the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data, preview the result in the field below and click OK. After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell. If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten. Use the Auto Fill option To quickly fill multiple cells with the same data use the Auto Fill option: select a cell/range of cells containing the necessary data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell. The cursor will turn into the black cross: drag the handle over the adjacent cells you want to fill with the selected data. Note: if you need to create a series of numbers (such as 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) or dates, you can enter at least two starting values and quickly extend the series selecting these cells and dragging the fill handle. Fill cells in the column with text values If a column in your spreadsheet contains some text values, you can easily replace any value within this column or fill the next blank cell selecting one of already existing text values. Right-click the necessary cell and choose the Select from drop-down list option in the contextual menu. Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste data in the current spreadsheet make use of the right-click menu or use the corresponding icons available on any tab of the top toolbar, Cut - select data and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Copy - select data and either use the Copy icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Copy option from the menu to send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Paste - select a place and either use the Paste icon on the top toolbar or right-click and select the Paste option to insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same spreadsheet. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another spreadsheet or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the required cell/cell range, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available: Paste - allows you to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default. The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: Paste only formula - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Formula + number format - allows you to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Formula + all formatting - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting. Formula without borders - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders. Formula + column width - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range. The following options allow you to paste the result that the copied formula returns without pasting the formula itself: Paste only value - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Value + number format - allows to paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Value + all formatting - allows you to paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Source formatting - allows you to keep the source formatting of the copied data. Destination formatting - allows you to apply the formatting that is already used for the cell/autoshape where the data are to be iserted to. Paste delimited text When pasting the delimited text copied from a .txt file, the following options are available: The delimited text can contain several records, and each record corresponds to a single table row. Each record can contain several text values separated with a delimiter (such as a comma, semicolon, colon, tab, space or other characters). The file should be saved as a plain text .txt file. Keep text only - allows you to paste text values into a single column where each cell contents corresponds to a row in the source text file. Use text import wizard - allows you to open the Text Import Wizard which helps to easily split the text values into multiple columns where each text value separated by a delimiter will be placed into a separate cell. When the Text Import Wizard window opens, select the text delimiter used in the delimited data from the Delimiter drop-down list. The data splitted into columns will be displayed in the Preview field below. If you are satisfied with the result, press the OK button. If you pasted delimited data from a source that is not a plain text file (e.g. text copied from a web page etc.), or if you applied the Keep text only feature and now want to split the data from a single column into several columns, you can use the Text to Columns option. To split data into multiple columns: Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters. Switch to the Data tab. Click the Text to columns button on the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Settings window in which you can specify the Decimal and Thousands separators. Preview the result in the field below and click OK. After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell. If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten. Use the Auto Fill option To quickly fill multiple cells with the same data use the Auto Fill option: select a cell/cell range containing the required data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell. The cursor will turn into the black cross: drag the handle over the adjacent cells to fill them with the selected data. Note: if you need to create a series of numbers (such as 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) or dates, you can enter at least two starting values and quickly extend the series selecting these cells and dragging the fill handle. Fill cells in the column with text values If a column in your spreadsheet contains some text values, you can easily replace any value within this column or fill the next blank cell selecting one of already existing text values. Right-click the necessary cell and choose the Select from drop-down list option in the contextual menu. Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "title": "Set font type, size, style, and colors", - "body": "You can select the font type and its size, apply one of the decoration styles and change the font and background colors using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the data already present in the spreadsheet, select them with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. If you need to apply the formatting to multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Is used to change the font size making it larger one point each time the icon is clicked. Decrement font size Is used to change the font size making it smaller one point each time the icon is clicked. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Subscript/Superscript Allows to choose the Superscript or Subscript option. The Superscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. The Subscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in cells. Background color Is used to change the color of the cell background. Using this icon you can apply a solid color fill. The cell background color can also be changed using the Fill section at the Cell settings tab of the right sidebar. Change color scheme Is used to change the default color palette for worksheet elements (font, background, chats and chart elements) selecting one of the available ones: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, or Verve. Note: it's also possible to apply one of the formatting presets selecting the cell you wish to format and choosing the desired preset from the list at the Home tab of the top toolbar: To change the font color or use a solid color fill as the cell background, select characters/cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the corresponding icon at the top toolbar, select any color in the available palettes Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected text/cell and added to the Custom color palette. To clear the background color of a certain cell, select a cell, or a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the Background color icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the icon." + "body": "You can select the font type and its size, apply one of the decoration styles and change the font and background colors by clicking the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: if you want to apply formatting to the data in the spreadsheet, select them with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the required formatting. If you need to apply the formatting to multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Font Used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available fonts. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Used to select the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value in the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the icon is clicked. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the icon is clicked. Bold Used to make the font bold making it heavier. Italic Used to make the font slightly slanted to the right. Underline Used to make the text underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript/Superscript Allows choosing the Superscript or Subscript option. The Superscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. The Subscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in cells. Background color Used to change the color of the cell background. Using this icon you can apply a solid color fill. The cell background color can also be changed using the Fill section on the Cell settings tab of the right sidebar. Change color scheme Used to change the default color palette for worksheet elements (font, background, chats and chart elements) selecting from the available options: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, or Verve. Note: it's also possible to apply one of the formatting presets selecting the cell you wish to format and choosing the desired preset from the list on the Home tab of the top toolbar: To change the font color or use a solid color fill as the cell background, select characters/cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the corresponding icon on the top toolbar, select any color in the available palettes Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color will appear in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected text/cell and added to the Custom color palette. To remove the background color from a certain cell, select a cell, or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the Background color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the icon." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", + "title": "Use formatted tables", + "body": "Create a new formatted table To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. select the required template in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied. Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2 etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work. If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu. Select rows and columns To select an entire row in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the left border of the table row until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select an entire column in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the top edge of the column header until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. If you click once, the column data will be selected (as it is shown on the image below); if you click twice, the entire column including the header will be selected. To select an entire formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the upper left corner of the formatted table until it turns into the diagonal black arrow , then left-click. Edit formatted tables Some of the table settings can be changed using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - allows you to display the header row. Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table. Note: if this option is selected, you can also select a function to calculate the summary values. Once you select a cell in the Summary row, the button will be available to the right of the cell. Click it and choose the necessary function from the list: Average, Count, Max, Min, Sum, StdDev, or Var. The More functions option allows you to open the Insert Function window and choose any other function. If you choose the None option, the currently selected cell in the Summary row will not display a summary value for this column. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Filter button - allows you to display the drop-down arrows in each cell of the header row. This option is only available when the Header option is selected. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: If you want to remove the current table style (background color, borders, etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list: The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range which the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range in the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button. Note: The headers must remain in the same row, and the resulting table range must overlap the original table range. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, all columns data excluding the header row, or the entire table including the header row. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Remove duplicates option can be used if you want to remove duplicate values from the formatted table. For more details on removing duplicates, please refer to this page. The Convert to range option can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors, etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab on the right sidebar will be unavailable. The Insert slicer option is used to create a slicer for the formatted table. For more details on working with slicers, please refer to this page. The Insert pivot table option is used to create a pivot table on the base of the formatted table. For more details on working with pivot tables, please refer to this page. Adjust formatted table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "title": "Group data", - "body": "The possibility to group rows and columns as well as create an outline allows you to make it easier to work with a spreadsheet that contains a large amount of data. You can collapse or expand grouped rows and columns to display the necessary data only. It's also possible to create a multi-level structure of the grouped rows/columns. When it's necessary, you can ungroup previously grouped rows or columns. Group rows and columns To group rows or columns: Select the range of cells that you need to group. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options at the top toolbar: click the Group button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group rows option from the menu, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group columns option from the menu. The selected rows or columns will be grouped and the created outline will be displayed to the left of the rows or/and above the columns. To hide grouped rows/columns click the Collapse icon. To show collapsed rows/columns click the Expand icon. Change the outline To change the outline of grouped rows or columns you can use options from the Group drop-down menu. The Summary rows below detail and Summary columns to right of detail options are checked by default. They allow to change the location of the Collapse and Expand buttons: Uncheck the Summary rows below detail option if you want to display the summary rows above details. Uncheck the Summary columns to right of detail option if you want to display the summary columns to the left of details. Create multi-level groups To create a multi-level structure, select a cell range within the previously created group of rows/columns and group the new selected range as described above. After that, you can hide and show groups by level using the icons with the level number: . For example, if you create a nested group within the parent group, three levels will be available. It's possible to create up to 8 levels. Click the first level icon to switch to the level which hides all grouped data: Click the second level icon to switch to the level which displays details of the parent group, but hides the nested group data: Click the third level icon to switch to the level which displays all details: It's also possible to use the Collapse and Expand icons within the outline to display or hide the data corresponding to a certain level. Ungroup previously grouped rows and columns To ungroup previously grouped rows or columns: Select the range of grouped cells that you need to ungroup. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options at the top toolbar: click the Ungroup button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button, then choose the Ungroup rows option from the menu to ungroup rows and clear the outline of rows, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Ungroup columns option from the menu to ungroup columns and clear the outline of columns, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Clear outline option from the menu to clear the outline of rows and columns without removing existing groups." + "body": "The ability to group rows and columns as well as create an outline allows you to make it easier to work with a spreadsheet that contains a large amount of data. You can collapse or expand grouped rows and columns to display the necessary data only. It's also possible to create the multi-level structure of grouped rows/columns. When necessary, you can ungroup the previously grouped rows or columns. Group rows and columns To group rows or columns: Select the cell range that you need to group. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options on the top toolbar: click the Group button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group rows option from the menu, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group columns option from the menu. The selected rows or columns will be grouped and the created outline will be displayed to the left of the rows or/and above the columns. To hide grouped rows/columns, click the Collapse icon. To show collapsed rows/columns, click the Expand icon. Change the outline To change the outline of grouped rows or columns, you can use options from the Group drop-down menu. The Summary rows below detail and Summary columns to the right of detail options are checked by default. They allow to change the location of the Collapse and Expand buttons: Uncheck the Summary rows below detail option if you want to display the summary rows above the details. Uncheck the Summary columns to right of detail option if you want to display the summary columns to the left of details. Create multi-level groups To create a multi-level structure, select a cell range within the previously created group of rows/columns and group the new selected range as described above. After that, you can hide and show groups by level using the icons with the level number: . For example, if you create a nested group within the parent group, three levels will be available. It's possible to create up to 8 levels. Click the first level icon to switch to the level which hides all grouped data: Click the second level icon to switch to the level which displays details of the parent group, but hides the nested group data: Click the third level icon to switch to the level which displays all details: It's also possible to use the Collapse and Expand icons within the outline to display or hide the data corresponding to a certain level. Ungroup previously grouped rows and columns To ungroup previously grouped rows or columns: Select the range of grouped cells that you need to ungroup. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options at the top toolbar: click the Ungroup button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button, then choose the Ungroup rows option from the menu to ungroup rows and clear the outline of rows, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Ungroup columns option from the menu to ungroup columns and clear the outline of columns, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Clear outline option from the menu to clear the outline of rows and columns without removing existing groups." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert and format autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your spreadsheet, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon at the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, once the autoshape is added you can change its size and position as well as its settings. Adjust the autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar that opens if you select the inserted autoshape with the mouse and click the Shape settings icon. Here you can change the following settings: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button. The custom color will be applied to your autoshape and added to the Custom color palette.

    Gradient Fill - fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display shape with shadow. Adjust shape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the autoshape width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows to snap the shape to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the shape will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the shape will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the shape to the cell behind it preventing the image from being resized. If the cell moves, the shape will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the shape dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the shape from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape. Insert and format text within the autoshape To insert a text into the autoshape select the shape with the mouse and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). All the formatting options you can apply to the text within the autoshape are listed here. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely Curve, Scribble and Freeform), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your spreadsheet, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon on the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where the shape sholud be added, once the autoshape is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings. Adjust the autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be changed using the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar that will open if you select the inserted autoshape with the mouse and click the Shape settings icon. The following settings can be changed: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify a solid color to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button. The custom color will be applied to your autoshape and added to the Custom color palette.

    Gradient Fill - fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another one. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as the shape background, you can click the Select Picture button and add an image From File selecting it on the hard disc drive of your computer, From Storage using your ONLYOFFICE file manager, or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as the shape background, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the size of the image to fit the autoshape so that it could fill all the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set the Opacity level by dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It means full opacity. The 0% value means full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the stroke width, color or type of the autoshape. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display the shape with shadow. Adjust shape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height of the autoshape. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows you to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows you to set the style of the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with an open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows you to set the style of the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of a triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows you to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Box tab allows you to Resize shape to fit text, Allow text to overflow shape or change the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows you to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another one. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the shape to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the shape will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the shape will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the shape to the cell behind it preventing the shape from being resized. If the cell moves, the shape will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the shape dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the shape from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the shape contains. Insert and format text within the autoshape To insert a text into the autoshape, select the shape with the mouse and start typing your text. The text will become part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text also moves or rotates with it). All the formatting options you can apply to the text within the autoshape are listed here. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely Curve, Scribble and Freeform), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", "title": "Insert chart", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into the speadsheet, Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, Click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. After that the chart will be added to the worksheet. Adjust the chart settings Now you can change the inserted chart settings. To change the chart type, select the chart with the mouse, click the Chart settings icon at the right sidebar, open the Type drop-down list and select the type you need, open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best. The selected chart type and style will be changed. If you need to edit the data used to create the chart, click the Show advanced settings link situated at the right-side panel, or choose the Chart Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu, or just double-click the chart, in the opened Chart - Advanced Settings window make all the necessary changes, click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window. The description of the chart settings that can be edited using the Chart - Advanced Settings window you can find below. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Change the chart Type selecting one of the available options: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the image from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape Settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. If necessary, you can change the chart size and position. To delete the inserted chart, click it and press the Delete key. Edit sparklines Sparkline is a little chart that fits in one cell. Sparklines can be useful if you want to visually represent information for each row or column in large data sets. This makes it easier to show trends in multiple data series. If your spreadsheet contains existing sparklines created using some other application, you can change sparkline properties. To do that, select the cell that contains a sparkline with the mouse and click the Chart settings icon at the right sidebar. If the selected sparkline is included into a sparkline group, the changes will be applied to all sparklines in the group. Use the Type drop-down list to select one of the available sparkline types: Column - this type is similar to a regular Column Chart. Line - this type is similar to a regular Line Chart. Win/Loss - this type is suitable for representing data that include both positive and negative values. In the Style section, you can do the following: select the style which suits you best from the Template drop-down list. choose the necessary Color for the sparkline. choose the necessary Line Weight (available for the Line type only). The Show section allows to select which sparkline elements you want to highlight so that make them clearly visible. Check the box to the left of the element to be highlighted and select the necessary color clicking the colored box: High Point - to highlight points that represent maximum values, Low Point - to highlight points that represent minimum values, Negative Point - to highlight points that represent negative values, First/Last Point - to highlight the point that represents the first/last value, Markers (available for the Line type only) - to highlight all values. Click the Show advanced settings link situated at the right-side panel to open the Sparkline - Advanced Settings window. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the sparkline Type and Style as well as specify the Hidden and Empty cells display settings: Show empty cells as - this option allows to control how sparklines are displayed if some cells in a data range are empty. Select the necessary option from the list: Gaps - to display the sparkline with gaps in place of missing data, Zero - to display the sparkline as if the value in an empty cell was zero, Connect data points with line (available for the Line type only) - to ignore empty cells and display a connecting line between data points. Show data in hidden rows and columns - check this box if you want to include values from the hidden cells into sparklines. The Axis Options tab allows you to specify the following Horizontal/Vertical Axis parameters: In the Horizontal Axis section, the following parameters are available: Show axis - check this box to display the horizontal axis. If the source data contain negative values, this option helps to display them more vividly. Reverse order - check this box to display data in the reverse sequence. In the Vertical Axis section, the following parameters are available: Minimum/Maximum Value Auto for Each - this option is selected by default. It allows to use own minimum/maximum values for each sparkline. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the separate data series that are used to plot each sparkline. The maximum value for each sparkline will be located on the top of the cell, and the minimum value will be on the bottom. Same for All - this option allows to use the same minimum/maximum value for the entire sparkline group. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the whole data range that is used to plot the sparkline group. The maximum/minimum values for each sparkline will be scaled relative to the highest/lowest value within the range. If you select this option, it will be easier to compare several sparklines. Fixed - this option allows to set a custom minimum/maximum value. The values which are lower or higher than the specified ones are not displayed in the sparklines." + "body": "s Insert a chart To insert a chart into the speadsheet, Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, Click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. After that the chart will be added to the worksheet. Adjust the chart settings Now you can change the settings of the inserted chart. To change the chart type, select the chart with the mouse, click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar, open the Type drop-down list and select the type you need, open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best. The selected chart type and style will be changed. If you need to edit the data used to create the chart, click the Show advanced settings link situated on the right-side panel, or choose the Chart Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu, or just double-click the chart, in the opened Chart - Advanced Settings window make all the necessary changes, click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window. Below you can find the description of the chart settings that can be edited using the Chart - Advanced Settings window. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Change the chart Type selecting one of the available options: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left in the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right in the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows you to specify if you wish to display the Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the orientation of the Vertical Axis Title by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows you to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis (also referred to as the values axis or y-axis) which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the beginning of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the end of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select the desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape Settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as the plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. If necessary, you can change the chart size and position. To delete the inserted chart, click it and press the Delete key. Edit sparklines Sparkline is a little chart that fits in one cell. Sparklines can be useful if you want to visually represent information for each row or column in large data sets. This makes it easier to show trends in multiple data series. If your spreadsheet already contains sparklines created with another application, you can change the sparkline properties. To do that, select the cell that contains a sparkline with the mouse and click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar. If the selected sparkline is included into a sparkline group, the changes will be applied to all sparklines in the group. Use the Type drop-down list to select one of the available sparkline types: Column - this type is similar to a regular Column Chart. Line - this type is similar to a regular Line Chart. Win/Loss - this type is suitable for representing data that include both positive and negative values. In the Style section, you can do the following: select the style which suits you best from the Template drop-down list. choose the necessary Color for the sparkline. choose the necessary Line Weight (available for the Line type only). The Show section allows you to select which sparkline elements you want to highlight to make them clearly visible. Check the box to the left of the element to be highlighted and select the necessary color by clicking the colored box: High Point - to highlight points that represent maximum values, Low Point - to highlight points that represent minimum values, Negative Point - to highlight points that represent negative values, First/Last Point - to highlight the point that represents the first/last value, Markers (available for the Line type only) - to highlight all values. Click the Show advanced settings link situated on the right-side panel to open the Sparkline - Advanced Settings window. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the sparkline Type and Style as well as specify the Hidden and Empty cells display settings: Show empty cells as - this option allows you to control how sparklines are displayed if some cells in a data range are empty. Select the necessary option from the list: Gaps - to display the sparkline with gaps in place of missing data, Zero - to display the sparkline as if the value in an empty cell was zero, Connect data points with line (available for the Line type only) - to ignore empty cells and display a connecting line between data points. Show data in hidden rows and columns - check this box if you want to include values from the hidden cells into sparklines. The Axis Options tab allows you to specify the following Horizontal/Vertical Axis parameters: In the Horizontal Axis section, the following parameters are available: Show axis - check this box to display the horizontal axis. If the source data contain negative values, this option helps to display them more vividly. Reverse order - check this box to display data in the reverse sequence. In the Vertical Axis section, the following parameters are available: Minimum/Maximum Value Auto for Each - this option is selected by default. It allows you to use own minimum/maximum values for each sparkline. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the separate data series that are used to plot each sparkline. The maximum value for each sparkline will be located at the top of the cell, and the minimum value will be at the bottom. Same for All - this option allows you to use the same minimum/maximum value for the entire sparkline group. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the whole data range that is used to plot the sparkline group. The maximum/minimum values for each sparkline will be scaled relative to the highest/lowest value within the range. If you select this option, it will be easier to compare several sparklines. Fixed - this option allows you to set a custom minimum/maximum value. The values which are lower or higher than the specified ones are not displayed in the sparklines." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", "title": "Manage cells, rows, and columns", - "body": "You can insert blank cells above or to the left of the selected cell on a worksheet. You can also insert an entire row above the selected one or a column to the left of the selected column. To make it easy to view a large amount of information, you can hide some rows or columns and display them again. It's also possible to specify a certain row height and column width. Insert cells, rows, columns To insert a blank cell to the left of the selected cell: right-click the cell to the left of which you wish to insert a new one, click the Insert cells icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift cells right option. The program will shift the selected cell to the right to insert a blank one. To insert a blank cell above the selected cell: right-click the cell above which you wish to insert a new one, click the Insert cells icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift cells down option. The program will shift the selected cell down to insert a blank one. To insert an entire row: select either the whole row by clicking its heading or a cell in the row above which you wish to insert a new one, Note: to insert multiple rows, select the same number of rows as you wish to insert. click the Insert cells icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar and use the Entire row option, or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire row option, or right-click the selected row(s) and use the Insert Top option from the right-click menu. The program will shift the selected row down to insert a blank one. To insert an entire column: select either the whole column by clicking its heading or a cell in the column to the left of which you wish to insert a new one, Note: to insert multiple columns, select the same number of columns as you wish to insert. click the Insert cells icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar and use the Entire column option, or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire column option, or right-click the selected column(s) and use the Insert Left option from the right-click menu. The program will shift the selected column to the right to insert a blank one. Hide and show rows and columns To hide a row or column: select rows or columns you wish to hide, right-click the selected rows or columns and use the Hide option from the right-click menu. To display hidden rows or columns, select visible rows above and below the hidden rows or visible columns to the left and to the right of the hidden columns, right-click them and use the Show option from the right-click menu. Change column width and row height The column width determines how many characters with default formatting can be displayed in the column cell. The default value is set to 8.43 symbols. To change it: select columns you wish to change, right-click the selected columns and use the Set Column Width option from the right-click menu, choose one of the available options: select the Auto Fit Column Width option to automatically adjust the width of each column according to its content, or select the Custom Column Width option and specify a new value from 0 to 255 in the Custom Column Width window, then click OK. To change the width of a single column manually, move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column heading so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow . Drag the border to the left or right to set a custom width or double-click the mouse to automatically change the column width according to its content. The default row height value is 14.25 points. To change it: select rows you wish to change, right-click the selected rows and use the Set Row Height option from the right-click menu, choose one of the available options: select the Auto Fit Row Height option to automatically adjust the height of each row according to its content, or select the Custom Row Height option and specify a new value from 0 to 408.75 in the Custom Row Height window, then click OK. To change the height of a single row manually, drag the bottom border of the row heading. Delete cells, rows, columns To delete an unnecessary cell, row, or column: select cells, rows, or columns you wish to delete, click the Delete cells icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Delete item from the right-click menu and select the appropriate option: if you use the Shift cells left option a cell to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; if you use the Shift cells up option a cell below the deleted one will be moved up; if you use the Entire row option a row below the selected one will be moved up; if you use the Entire column option a column to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; You can always restore the deleted data using the Undo icon at the top toolbar." + "body": "You can insert blank cells above or on the left of the selected cell in a worksheet. You can also insert an entire row above the selected one or a column on the left of the selected column. To make it easy to view a large amount of information, you can hide some rows or columns and display them again. It's also possible to specify the height of a certain row and width of a column. Insert cells, rows, columns To insert a blank cell to the left of the selected cell: right-click the cell to the left of which you wish to insert a new one, click the Insert cells icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift Cells Right option. The program will shift the selected cell to the right to insert a blank one. To insert a blank cell above the selected cell: right-click the cell above which you wish to insert a new one, click the Insert cells icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Insert item from the right-click menu and use the Shift Cells Down option. The program will shift the selected cell down to insert a blank one. To insert an entire row: select either the whole row by clicking its heading or a cell in the row above which you wish to insert a new one, Note: to insert multiple rows, select the required number of rows. click the Insert cells icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar and use the Entire row option, or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire Row option, or right-click the selected row(s) and use the Insert Top option from the right-click menu. The program will shift the selected row down to insert a blank one. To insert an entire column: select either the whole column by clicking its heading or a cell in the column to the left of which you wish to insert a new one, Note: to insert multiple columns, select the required number of columns. click the Insert cells icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar and use the Entire column option, or right-click the selected cell, select the Insert item from the right-click menu, then choose the Entire Column option, or right-click the selected column(s) and use the Insert Left option from the right-click menu. The program will shift the selected column to the right to insert a blank one. You can also use the Ctrl+Shift+= keyboard shortcut to open the dialog box for inserting new cells, select the Shift Cells Right, Shift Cells Down, Entire Row, or Entire Column option and click OK. Hide and show rows and columns To hide a row or column: select rows or columns you wish to hide, right-click the selected rows or columns and use the Hide option from the right-click menu. To display the hidden rows or columns, select the visible rows above and below the hidden rows or visible columns to the left and to the right of the hidden columns, right-click them and use the Show option from the right-click menu. Change column width and row height The column width determines how many characters with default formatting can be displayed in the column cell. The default value is set to 8.43 symbols. To change it: select columns you wish to change, right-click the selected columns and use the Set Column Width option from the right-click menu, choose one of the available options: select the Auto Fit Column Width option to automatically adjust the width of each column according to its content, or select the Custom Column Width option and specify a new value from 0 to 255 in the Custom Column Width window, then click OK. To change the width of a single column manually, move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column heading so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow . Drag the border to the left or right to set a custom width or double-click the mouse to automatically change the column width according to its content. The default row height value is 14.25 points. To change it: select rows you wish to change, right-click the selected rows and use the Set Row Height option from the right-click menu, choose one of the available options: select the Auto Fit Row Height option to automatically adjust the height of each row according to its content, or select the Custom Row Height option and specify a new value from 0 to 408.75 in the Custom Row Height window, then click OK. To change the height of a single row manually, drag the bottom border of the row heading. Delete cells, rows, columns To delete an unnecessary cell, row, or column: select cells, rows, or columns you wish to delete, click the Delete cells icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the Delete item from the right-click menu and select the appropriate option: if you use the Shift Cells Left option, a cell to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; if you use the Shift Cells Up option, a cell below the deleted one will be moved up; if you use the Entire Row option, a row below the selected one will be moved up; if you use the Entire Column option, a column to the right of the deleted one will be moved to the left; You can also use the Ctrl+Shift+- keyboard shortcut to open the dialog box for deleting cells, select the Shift Cells Left, Shift Cells Up, Entire Row, or Entire Column option and click OK. You can always restore the deleted data using the Undo icon on the top toolbar." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insert equations", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation will be added to the worksheet. The upper left corner of the equation box will coincide with the upper left corner of the currently selected cell, but the equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the sheet. To do that click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use corresponding handles. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the equation box, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations By default, the equation within the equation box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the equation box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the equation box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons at the top toolbar. To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the and buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." + "body": "Spreadsheet Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon on the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list, select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation will be added to the worksheet. The upper left corner of the equation box will coincide with the upper left corner of the currently selected cell, but the equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated in the sheet. To do that, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use corresponding handles. Each equation template represents a set of slots. A slot is a position of each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu on the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description), add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar because the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit a single line within the equation box, automatic line breaking occurs while you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations By default, the equation within the equation box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the equation box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the equation box (the equation box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons at the top toolbar. To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the Increment font size and Decrement font size buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements, you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "title": "Insert function", - "body": "The ability to perform basic calculations is the principal reason for using a spreadsheet. Some of them are performed automatically when you select a range of cells in your spreadsheet: Average is used to analyze the selected range of cells and find the average value. Count is used to count the number of the selected cells containing values ignoring empty cells. Min is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner at the status bar. To perform any other calculations you can insert a needed formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function. The possibilities to work with Functions are accessible from both Home and Formula tab. At the Home tab, you can use the Insert function button to add one of commonly used functions (SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all available functions classified by category. At the Formula tab you can use the following buttons: Function - to open the Insert Function window that contains all available functions classified by category. Autosum - to quickly access the SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT functions. When you select a functions from this group, it automatically performs calculations for all cells in the column above the selected cell so that you don't need to enter arguments. Recently used - to quickly access 10 recently used functions. Financial, Logical, Text and data, Date and time, Lookup and references, Math and trigonometry - to quickly access functions that belongs to the corresponding categories. More functions - to access the functions from the following groups: Database, Engineering, Information and Statistical. Calculation - to force the program to recalculate functions. To insert a function, select a cell you wish to insert a function into, proceed in one of the following ways: switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available at the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, or use the Additional option from the menu to open the Insert Function window; switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option, right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu, click the icon before the formula bar, in the Insert Function window that opens, select the necessary function group, then choose the function you need from the list and click OK. enter the function arguments either manually or dragging to select a range of cells to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments. Press the Enter key. To enter a function manually using the keyboard, select a cell, enter the equal sign (=) Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=). enter the function name Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key. enter the function arguments Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed. when all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter. If you enter new data or change values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button at the Formula tab. Click the Calculation button itself to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet. You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet. Here is the list of the available functions grouped by categories: Function Category Description Functions Text and Data Functions Are used to correctly display the text data in your spreadsheet. ASC; CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; CONCAT; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; NUMBERVALUE; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TEXTJOIN; TRIM; UNICHAR; UNICODE; UPPER; VALUE Statistical Functions Are used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a range of cells. AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions Are used to perform basic math and trigonometry operations such as adding, multiplying, dividing, rounding, etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGGREGATE; ARABIC; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; CEILING; CEILING.MATH; CEILING.PRECISE; COMBIN; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; DECIMAL; DEGREES; ECMA.CEILING; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; FLOOR.PRECISE; FLOOR.MATH; GCD; INT; ISO.CEILING; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SEC; SECH; SERIESSUM; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUBTOTAL; SUM; SUMIF; SUMIFS; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC Date and Time Functions Are used to correctly display date and time in your spreadsheet. DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; ISOWEEKNUM; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NETWORKDAYS.INTL; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; WORKDAY.INTL; YEAR; YEARFRAC Engineering Functions Are used to perform some engineering calculations: converting between different bases, finding complex numbers etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN2DEC; BIN2HEX; BIN2OCT; BITAND; BITLSHIFT; BITOR; BITRSHIFT; BITXOR; COMPLEX; CONVERT; DEC2BIN; DEC2HEX; DEC2OCT; DELTA; ERF; ERF.PRECISE; ERFC; ERFC.PRECISE; GESTEP; HEX2BIN; HEX2DEC; HEX2OCT; IMABS; IMAGINARY; IMARGUMENT; IMCONJUGATE; IMCOS; IMCOSH; IMCOT; IMCSC; IMCSCH; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMPOWER; IMPRODUCT; IMREAL; IMSEC; IMSECH; IMSIN; IMSINH; IMSQRT; IMSUB; IMSUM; IMTAN; OCT2BIN; OCT2DEC; OCT2HEX Database Functions Are used to perform calculations for the values in a certain field of the database that correspond to the specified criteria. DAVERAGE; DCOUNT; DCOUNTA; DGET; DMAX; DMIN; DPRODUCT; DSTDEV; DSTDEVP; DSUM; DVAR; DVARP Financial Functions Are used to perform some financial calculations calculating the net present value, payments etc. ACCRINT; ACCRINTM; AMORDEGRC; AMORLINC; COUPDAYBS; COUPDAYS; COUPDAYSNC; COUPNCD; COUPNUM; COUPPCD; CUMIPMT; CUMPRINC; DB; DDB; DISC; DOLLARDE; DOLLARFR; DURATION; EFFECT; FV; FVSCHEDULE; INTRATE; IPMT; IRR; ISPMT; MDURATION; MIRR; NOMINAL; NPER; NPV; ODDFPRICE; ODDFYIELD; ODDLPRICE; ODDLYIELD; PDURATION; PMT; PPMT; PRICE; PRICEDISC; PRICEMAT; PV; RATE; RECEIVED; RRI; SLN; SYD; TBILLEQ; TBILLPRICE; TBILLYIELD; VDB; XIRR; XNPV; YIELD; YIELDDISC; YIELDMAT Lookup and Reference Functions Are used to easily find the information from the data list. ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; TRANSPOSE; VLOOKUP Information Functions Are used to give you the information about the data in the selected cell or a range of cells. ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions Are used to check if a condition is true or false. AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; IFNA; IFS; NOT; OR; SWITCH; TRUE; XOR" + "body": "The ability to perform basic calculations is the principal reason for using a spreadsheet. Some of them are performed automatically when you select a cell range in your spreadsheet: Average is used to analyze the selected cell range and find the average value. Count is used to count the number of the selected cells with values ignoring the empty cells. Min is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring the empty cells or those contaning text. The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar. You can manage the status bar by right-clicking on it and choosing only those functions to display that you need. To perform any other calculations, you can insert the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function. The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab or by pressing Shift+F3 key combination. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Use the search box to find the exact function by its name. On the Formula tab you can use the following buttons: Function - to open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Autosum - to quickly access the SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT functions. When you select a functions from this group, it automatically performs calculations for all cells in the column above the selected cell so that you don't need to enter arguments. Recently used - to quickly access 10 recently used functions. Financial, Logical, Text and data, Date and time, Lookup and references, Math and trigonometry - to quickly access functions that belongs to the corresponding categories. More functions - to access the functions from the following groups: Database, Engineering, Information and Statistical. Named ranges - to open the Name Manager, or define a new name, or paste a name as a function argument. For more details, you can refer to this page. Calculation - to force the program to recalculate functions. To insert a function, Select a cell where you wish to insert a function. Proceed in one of the following ways: switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, then click the necessary function to open the Function Arguments wizard. You can also use the Additional option from the menu or click the Function button on the top toolbar to open the Insert Function window. switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option to open the Insert Function window. right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu. click the icon before the formula bar. In the opened Insert Function window, enter its name in the search box or select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK. Once you click the necessary function, the Function Arguments window will open: In the opened Function Arguments window, enter the necessary values of each argument. You can enter the function arguments either manually or by clicking the icon and selecting a cell or cell range to be included as an argument. Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments. The function result will be displayed below. When all the agruments are specified, click the OK button in the Function Arguments window. To enter a function manually using the keyboard, Select a cell. Enter the equal sign (=). Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=). Enter the function name. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key. Enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed. When all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter. If you enter new data or change the values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button on the Formula tab. Click the Calculation button to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet. You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet. Here is the list of the available functions grouped by categories: Function Category Description Functions Text and Data Functions Used to correctly display the text data in the spreadsheet. ASC; CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; CONCAT; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; NUMBERVALUE; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TEXTJOIN; TRIM; UNICHAR; UNICODE; UPPER; VALUE Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions Used to perform basic math and trigonometry operations such as adding, multiplying, dividing, rounding, etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGGREGATE; ARABIC; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; CEILING; CEILING.MATH; CEILING.PRECISE; COMBIN; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; DECIMAL; DEGREES; ECMA.CEILING; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; FLOOR.PRECISE; FLOOR.MATH; GCD; INT; ISO.CEILING; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SEC; SECH; SERIESSUM; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUBTOTAL; SUM; SUMIF; SUMIFS; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC Date and Time Functions Used to correctly display the date and time in the spreadsheet. DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; ISOWEEKNUM; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NETWORKDAYS.INTL; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; WORKDAY.INTL; YEAR; YEARFRAC Engineering Functions Used to perform some engineering calculations: converting between different bases number systems, finding complex numbers etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN2DEC; BIN2HEX; BIN2OCT; BITAND; BITLSHIFT; BITOR; BITRSHIFT; BITXOR; COMPLEX; CONVERT; DEC2BIN; DEC2HEX; DEC2OCT; DELTA; ERF; ERF.PRECISE; ERFC; ERFC.PRECISE; GESTEP; HEX2BIN; HEX2DEC; HEX2OCT; IMABS; IMAGINARY; IMARGUMENT; IMCONJUGATE; IMCOS; IMCOSH; IMCOT; IMCSC; IMCSCH; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMPOWER; IMPRODUCT; IMREAL; IMSEC; IMSECH; IMSIN; IMSINH; IMSQRT; IMSUB; IMSUM; IMTAN; OCT2BIN; OCT2DEC; OCT2HEX Database Functions Used to perform calculations for the values in a certain field of the database that meet the specified criteria. DAVERAGE; DCOUNT; DCOUNTA; DGET; DMAX; DMIN; DPRODUCT; DSTDEV; DSTDEVP; DSUM; DVAR; DVARP Financial Functions Used to perform some financial calculations: calculating the net present value, payments etc. ACCRINT; ACCRINTM; AMORDEGRC; AMORLINC; COUPDAYBS; COUPDAYS; COUPDAYSNC; COUPNCD; COUPNUM; COUPPCD; CUMIPMT; CUMPRINC; DB; DDB; DISC; DOLLARDE; DOLLARFR; DURATION; EFFECT; FV; FVSCHEDULE; INTRATE; IPMT; IRR; ISPMT; MDURATION; MIRR; NOMINAL; NPER; NPV; ODDFPRICE; ODDFYIELD; ODDLPRICE; ODDLYIELD; PDURATION; PMT; PPMT; PRICE; PRICEDISC; PRICEMAT; PV; RATE; RECEIVED; RRI; SLN; SYD; TBILLEQ; TBILLPRICE; TBILLYIELD; VDB; XIRR; XNPV; YIELD; YIELDDISC; YIELDMAT Lookup and Reference Functions Used to easily find information from the data list. ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; TRANSPOSE; VLOOKUP Information Functions Used to provide information about the data in the selected cell or cell range. CELL; ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions Used to check if a condition is true or false. AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; IFNA; IFS; NOT; OR; SWITCH; TRUE; XOR" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Insert headers and footers", - "body": "Headers and footers allow to add some additional info on a printed worksheet, such as date and time, page number, sheet name etc. Headers and footers are displayed in the printed version of a spreadsheet. To insert a header or footer in a worksheet: switch to the Insert or Layout tab, click the Edit Header/Footer button at the top toolbar, the Header/Footer Settings window will open, where you can adjust the following settings: check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. The First page tab will appear below. check the Different odd and even page box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Odd page and Even page tabs will appear below. the Scale with document option allows to scale the header and footer together with the worksheet. This parameter is enabled by default. the Align with page margins option allows to align the left header/footer to the left margin and the right header/footer to the right margin. This option is enable by default. insert the necessary data. Depending on the selected options, you can adjust settings for All pages or set up the header/footer for the first page as well as for odd and even pages individually. Switch to the necessary tab and adjust the available parameters. You can use one of the ready-made presets or insert the necessary data to the left, center and right header/footer field manually: choose one of the available presets from the Presets list: Page 1; Page 1 of ?; Sheet1; Confidential, dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Sheet1, Page 1; Sheet1, Confidential, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx, Page 1; Page 1, Sheet1; Page 1, Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Author, Page 1, dd/mm/yyyy; Prepared by Author dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1. The corresponding variables will be added. place the cursor into the left, center or right field of the header/footer and use the Insert list to add Page number, Page count, Date, Time, File name, Sheet name. format the text inserted into header/footer using the corresponding controls. You can change the default font, its size, color, apply some font styles, such as bold, italic, underlined, strikethrough, use subscript or superscript characters. when ready, click the OK button to apply the changes. To edit the added headers and footers, click the Edit Header/Footer button at the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Header/Footer Settings window, and click OK to save the changes. The added header and/or footer will be displayed in the printed version of the spreadsheet." + "body": "Headers and footers allow adding some additional information to a printed worksheet, such as date and time, page number, sheet name etc. Headers and footers are displayed in the printed version of a spreadsheet. To insert a header or footer in a worksheet: switch to the Insert or Layout tab, click the Edit Header/Footer button on the top toolbar, the Header/Footer Settings window will open, and you will be able to adjust the following settings: check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. The First page tab will appear below. check the Different odd and even page box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Odd page and Even page tabs will appear below. the Scale with document option allows scaling the header and footer together with the worksheet. This parameter is enabled by default. the Align with page margins option allows aligning the left header/footer to the left margin and the right header/footer to the right margin. This option is enabled by default. insert the necessary data. Depending on the selected options, you can adjust settings for All pages or set up the header/footer for the first page as well as for odd and even pages individually. Switch to the necessary tab and adjust the available parameters. You can use one of the ready-made presets or insert the necessary data to the left, center and right header/footer field manually: choose one of the available presets from the Presets list: Page 1; Page 1 of ?; Sheet1; Confidential, dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Sheet1, Page 1; Sheet1, Confidential, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx, Page 1; Page 1, Sheet1; Page 1, Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Author, Page 1, dd/mm/yyyy; Prepared by Author dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1. The corresponding variables will be added. place the cursor into the left, center or right field of the header/footer and use the Insert list to add Page number, Page count, Date, Time, File name, Sheet name. format the text inserted into the header/footer using the corresponding controls. You can change the default font, its size, color, apply font styles, such as bold, italic, underlined, strikethrough, use subscript or superscript characters. when you finish, click the OK button to apply the changes. To edit the added headers and footers, click the Edit Header/Footer button on the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Header/Footer Settings window, and click OK to save the changes. The added header and/or footer will be displayed in the printed version of the spreadsheet." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insert images", - "body": "Spreadsheet Editor allows you to insert images in the most popular formats into your worksheet. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the spreadsheet, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button After that the image will be added to the worksheet. Adjust the image settings Once the image is added you can change its size and position. To specify exact image dimensions: select the image you wish to resize with the mouse, click the Image settings icon at the right sidebar, in the Size section, set the necessary Width and Height values. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. To crop the image: Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. To rotate the image: select the image you wish to rotate with the mouse, click the Image settings icon at the right sidebar, in the Rotation section click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Note: alternatively, you can right-click the image and use the Rotate option from the contextual menu. To replace the inserted image, select the image you wish to replace with the mouse, click the Image settings icon at the right sidebar, in the Replace Image section click the button you need: From File or From URL and select the desired image. Note: alternatively, you can right-click the image and use the Replace image option from the contextual menu. The selected image will be replaced. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust the image advanced settings To change its advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows to snap the image to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the image will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the image will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the image to the cell behind it preventing the image from being resized. If the cell moves, the image will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the image dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the image from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image. To delete the inserted image, click it and press the Delete key." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to insert images in the most popular formats into your worksheet. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the spreadsheet, place the cursor where the image should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon on the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window to select a file. Browse the hard disk drive of your computer to find the required file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the web address of the required image and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button After that the image will be added to the worksheet. Adjust the image settings Once the image is added, you can change its size and position. To specify the exact dimensions of the image: select the required image with the mouse, click the Image settings icon on the right sidebar, in the Size section, set the necessary Width and Height values. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. To crop the image: Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the height or width of the cropping area. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. To rotate the image: select the required image with the mouse, click the Image settings icon on the right sidebar, in the Rotation section, click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Note: alternatively, you can right-click the image and use the Rotate option from the contextual menu. To replace the inserted image, select the required image with the mouse, click the Image settings icon on the right sidebar, click the Replace Image button, choose the necessary option: From File, From Storage, or From URL and select the desired image. Note: alternatively, you can right-click the image and use the Replace image option from the contextual menu. The selected image will be replaced. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, its size and color as well as change the shape type by selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. On the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust the image advanced settings To change its advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the image to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the image will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the image will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the image to the cell behind it preventing the image from being resized. If the cell moves, the image will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the image dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the image from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the image contains. To delete the inserted image, click it and press the Delete key." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Insert symbols and characters", - "body": "During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor at the location where a special symbol has to be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box appears from which you can select the appropriate symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters other than the standard set. Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. Previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols might also be found via Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously presss Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the nesessary characters, copy them to clipboard and paste in the right place of the document." + "body": "When working, you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor at the location where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear and you will be able to select the appropriate symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters which differ from the standard set. Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol in the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols The ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: either write 'Character table' in the Search field and open it, or simultaneously presss Win + R and then type charmap.exe in the window below and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the nesessary characters, copy them to clipboard and paste in the right place of the document." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insert text objects", - "body": "To draw attention to a specific part of the spreadsheet, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere on the worksheet. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the worksheet. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the worksheet. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to manually resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to arrange text boxes as related to other objects, align several text boxes as related to each other, rotate or flip a text box, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects you can refer to this page. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. Adjust font formatting settings (change the font type, size, color and apply decoration styles) using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Some additional font settings can be also altered at the Font tab of the paragraph properties window. To access it, right-click the text in the text box and select the Text Advanced Settings option. Align the text horizontally within the text box using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar or in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. Align the text vertically within the text box using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. You can also right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Rotate the text within the text box. To do that, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Create a bulleted or numbered list. To do that, right-click the text, select the Bullets and Numbering option from the contextual menu and then choose one of the available bullet characters or numbering styles. The List Settings option allows to open the List Settings window. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. It can take a value from 25% to 400%. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Change bullet field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Start at - allows to set the necessary numeric value you want to start numbering from. Insert a hyperlink. Set line and paragraph spacing for the multi-line text within the text box using the Text settings tab of the right sidebar that opens if you click the Text settings icon. Here you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. Adjust paragraph advanced settings Change the advanced settings of the paragraph (you can adjust paragraph indents and tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box and apply some font formatting settings). Put the cursor within the paragraph you need - the Text settings tab will be activated at the right sidebar. Click the Show advanced settings link. It's also possible to right-click the text in a text box and use the Text advanced settings item from the contextual menu. The paragraph properties window will be opened: The Indents & Spacing tab allows to: change the alignment type for the paragraph text, change the paragraph indents as related to internal margins of the text box, Left - set the paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, change the paragraph line spacing. The Font tab contains the following parameters: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below. The Tab tab allows to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. Default Tab is set at 2.54 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and click the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option in the Alignment drop-down list and click the Specify button. Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and click the Remove or Remove All button. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + "body": "To draw attention to a specific part of the spreadsheet, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows you to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows you to apply some text effects). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere in the worksheet. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon on the top toolbar, then click where the text box should be inserted, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, and you will bу able to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon on the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon on the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the worksheet. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the worksheet. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box by clicking on its border to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to manually resize, move, rotate the text box, use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to arrange text boxes as related to other objects, align several text boxes as related to each other, rotate or flip a text box, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects, please refer to this page. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. Adjust the font formatting settings (change the font type, its size, color and apply decoration styles) using the corresponding icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Some additional font settings can be also changed on the Font tab of the paragraph properties window. To access it, right-click the text in the text box and select the Text Advanced Settings option. Align the text horizontally within the text box by using the corresponding icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. Align the text vertically within the text box by using the corresponding icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. You can also right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Rotate the text within the text box. To do that, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Create a bulleted or numbered list. To do that, right-click the text, select the Bullets and Numbering option from the contextual menu and then choose one of the available bullet characters or numbering styles. The List Settings option allows you to open the List Settings window where you can adjust the settings for a corresponding list type: Type (bulleted) - allows you to select the necessary character for the bulleted list. When you click on the New bullet field, the Symbol window will open, and you will be able to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. Type (numbered) - allows you to select the necessary format for the numbered list. Size - allows you to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. The value can vary from 25% up to 400%. Color - allows you to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. Start at - allows you to set the necessary numeric value you want to start numbering with. Insert a hyperlink. Set line and paragraph spacing for the multi-line text within the text box by using the Text settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you click the Text settings icon. Set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the previous or the following paragraph. Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. Adjust paragraph advanced settings Change the advanced settings of the paragraph (you can adjust paragraph indents and tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box and apply some font formatting settings). Put the cursor within the required paragraph - the Text settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. Click the Show advanced settings link. It's also possible to right-click the text in a text box and use the Text advanced settings item from the contextual menu. The paragraph properties window will be opened: The Indents & Spacing tab allows you to: change the alignment type for the paragraph text, change the paragraph indents as related to internal margins of the text box, Left - set the paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, change the paragraph line spacing. The Font tab contains the following parameters: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below. The Tab tab allows you to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. Default Tab is set at 2.54 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and click the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option in the Alignment drop-down list and click the Specify button. Left - lines up your text to the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop while you type. Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Right - lines up your text to the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop while you type. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and click the Remove or Remove All button. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style by selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", "title": "Manage sheets", - "body": "By default a newly created spreadsheet has a single sheet. The most simple way to add a new one is to click the button located to the right of the Sheet Navigation buttons in the left lower corner. Another way to add a new sheet is to: right-click the sheet tab after which you wish to insert a new one, select the Insert option from the right-click menu. A new sheet will be inserted after the selected one. To activate the necessary sheet use the sheet tabs in the left lower corner of each spreadsheet. Note: if you have a lot of sheets to find the necessary one make use of the Sheet Navigation buttons situated in the left lower corner. To delete an unnecessary sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to delete, select the Delete option from the right-click menu. The selected sheet will be deleted from the current spreadsheet. To rename an existing sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to rename, select the Rename option from the right-click menu, enter the Sheet Name in the dialog box and click OK. The selected sheet name will be changed. To copy an existing sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to copy, select the Copy option from the right-click menu, select the sheet before which you wish to insert the copied one or use the Copy to end option to insert the copied sheet after all the existing ones, click the OK button to confirm your choice. The selected sheet will be copied and inserted in the selected place. To move an existing sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to move, select the Move option from the right-click menu, select the sheet before which you wish to insert the selected one or use the Move to end option to move the selected sheet after all the existing ones, click the OK button to confirm your choice. Or simply drag the necessary sheet tab and drop it to a new location. The selected sheet will be moved. If you have a lot of sheets, you can hide some of them you don't need for the moment to facilitate the work. To do that, right-click the sheet tab you wish to hide, select the Hide option from the right-click menu, To display the hidden sheet tab, right-click any sheet tab, open the Hidden list and select the sheet tab you wish to display. To differentiate the sheets you can assign different colors to the sheet tabs. To do that, right-click the sheet tab you wish to color, select the Tab Color option from the right-click menu, select any color in the available palettes Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected tab and added to the Custom color palette. You can work with multiple sheets simultaneously: select the first sheet you want to include into the group, press and hold the Shift key to select several adjacent sheets you want to group, or use the Ctrl key to select several non-adjacent sheets you want to group, right-click one of the selected sheets tab to open the contextual menu, choose the necessary option from the menu: Insert - to insert the same number of new blank sheets as the selected group contains, Delete - to delete all the selected sheets at once (you cannot delete all sheets in the workbook, as the workbook must contain at least one visible sheet), Rename - this option can be applied to each separate sheet only, Copy - to create a copies of all the selected sheets at once and paste them to the selected place, Move - to move all the selected sheets at once and paste them to the selected place, Hide - to hide all the selected sheets at once (you cannot hide all sheets in the workbook, as the workbook must contain at least one visible sheet), Tab color - to assign the same color to all the selected sheet tabs at once, Select All Sheets - to select all the sheets in the current workbook, Ungroup Sheets - to ungroup the selected sheets. it's also possible to ungroup sheets by double-clicking on a sheet which is included into the group, or by clicking any sheet which is not included into the group." + "body": "By default, a newly created spreadsheet has a single sheet. The simplest way to add a new one is to click the Plus button located to the right of the Sheet Navigation buttons in the left lower corner. Another way to add a new sheet is to: right-click the sheet tab after which you wish to insert a new one, select the Insert option from the right-click menu. A new sheet will be inserted after the selected one. To activate the required sheet, use the sheet tabs in the left lower corner of each spreadsheet. Note: if you have a lot of sheets, you can find the necessary one by using the Sheet Navigation buttons situated in the left lower corner. To delete an unnecessary sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to delete, select the Delete option from the right-click menu. The selected sheet will be deleted from the current spreadsheet. To rename an existing sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to rename, select the Rename option from the right-click menu, enter the Sheet Name in the dialog box and click OK. The selected sheet name will be changed. To copy an existing sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to copy, select the Copy option from the right-click menu, select the sheet before which you wish to insert the copied one or use the Copy to end option to insert the copied sheet after all the existing ones, click the OK button to confirm your choice. The selected sheet will be copied and inserted in the selected place. To move an existing sheet: right-click the sheet tab you wish to move, select the Move option from the right-click menu, select the sheet before which you wish to insert the selected one or use the Move to end option to move the selected sheet after all the existing ones, click the OK button to confirm your choice. Or simply drag the necessary sheet tab and drop it to a new location. The selected sheet will be moved. You can also manualy drag'n'drop a sheet tab from one spreadsheet to another. In this case, the sheet from the original spreadsheet will be deleted. If you have a lot of sheets, you can hide some of them you don't need to facilitate your work. To do that, right-click the sheet tab you wish to hide, select the Hide option from the right-click menu, To display the hidden sheet tab, right-click any sheet tab, open the Hidden list and select the sheet tab you wish to display. To differentiate the sheets, you can assign different colors to the sheet tabs. To do that, right-click the sheet tab you wish to color, select the Tab Color option from the right-click menu, select any color in the available palettes Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color will appear in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box, so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected tab and added to the Custom color palette. You can work with multiple sheets simultaneously: select the first sheet you want to include into the group, press and hold the Shift key to select several adjacent sheets you want to group, or use the Ctrl key to select several non-adjacent sheets you want to group, right-click one of the selected sheets tab to open the contextual menu, choose the necessary option from the menu: Insert - to insert the same number of new blank sheets, as in the selected group, Delete - to delete all the selected sheets at once (you cannot delete all sheets in the workbook, as the workbook must contain at least one visible sheet), Rename - this option can be applied to each separate sheet only, Copy - to create copies of all the selected sheets at once and paste them to the selected place, Move - to move all the selected sheets at once and paste them to the selected place, Hide - to hide all the selected sheets at once (you cannot hide all sheets in the workbook, as the workbook must contain at least one visible sheet), Tab color - to assign the same color to all the selected sheet tabs at once, Select All Sheets - to select all the sheets in the current workbook, Ungroup Sheets - to ungroup the selected sheets. it's also possible to ungroup sheets by double-clicking on a sheet which is included into the group, or by clicking any sheet which is not included into the group." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Manipulate objects", - "body": "You can resize, move, rotate and arrange autoshapes, images and charts inserted into your worksheet. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Resize objects To change the autoshape/image/chart size, drag small squares situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. Note: to resize the inserted chart or image you can also use the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Chart settings or the Image settings icon to the right. Move objects To alter the autoshape/image/chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. To move the object by the one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the object strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. Rotate objects To manually rotate the autoshape/image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. To rotate a shape or image by 90 degrees counterclockwise/clockwise or flip the object horizontally/vertically you can use the Rotation section of the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Shape settings or the Image settings icon to the right. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the object by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the object horizontally (left to right) to flip the object vertically (upside down) It's also possible to right-click the image or shape, choose the Rotate option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available rotation options. To rotate a shape or image by an exactly specified angle, click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar and use the Rotation tab of the Advanced Settings window. Specify the necessary value measured in degrees in the Angle field and click OK. Reshape autoshapes When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. Align objects To align two or more selected objects in relation to each other, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting the objects with the mouse, then click the Align icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to align objects in relation to each other by the left edge of the leftmost object, Align Center - to align objects in relation to each other by their centers, Align Right - to align objects in relation to each other by the right edge of the rightmost object, Align Top - to align objects in relation to each other by the top edge of the topmost object, Align Middle - to align objects in relation to each other by their middles, Align Bottom - to align objects in relation to each other by the bottom edge of the bottommost object. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. Note: the alignment options are disabled if you select less than two objects. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically between two outermost selected objects so that the equal distance appears between them, click the Align icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group several objects To manipulate several objects at once, you can group them. Hold down the Ctrl key while selecting the objects with the mouse, then click the arrow next to the Group icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to join several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously joined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected. Arrange several objects To arrange the selected object or several objects (e.g. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." + "body": "You can resize, move, rotate and arrange autoshapes, images and charts inserted into your worksheet. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Resize objects To change the size of an autoshape/image/chart, drag small squares situated on the edges of the object. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. Note: to resize the inserted chart or image you can also use the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Chart settings or the Image settings icon to the right. Move objects To change the position of an autoshape/image/chart, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering the mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. To move the object by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the object strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. Rotate objects To manually rotate the autoshape/image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. To rotate a shape or image by 90 degrees counterclockwise/clockwise or flip the object horizontally/vertically you can use the Rotation section of the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Shape settings icon or the Image settings icon to the right. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the object by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the object horizontally (left to right) to flip the object vertically (upside down) It's also possible to right-click the image or shape, choose the Rotate option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available rotation options. To rotate a shape or image by an exactly specified angle, click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar and use the Rotation tab of the Advanced Settings window. Specify the necessary value measured in degrees in the Angle field and click OK. Reshape autoshapes When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. Align objects To align two or more selected objects in relation to each other, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting the objects with the mouse, then click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to align objects relative to each other to the left edge of the leftmost object, Align Center - to align objects relative to each other in the center, Align Right - to align objects relative to each other to the right edge of the rightmost object, Align Top - to align objects relative to each other to the top edge of the topmost object, Align Middle - to align objects relative to each other in the middle, Align Bottom - to align objects relative to each other to the bottom edge of the bottommost object. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. Note: the alignment options are disabled if you select less than two objects. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically between two outermost selected objects so that there is equal distance between them, click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group several objects To manipulate several objects at once, you can group them. Hold down the Ctrl key while selecting the objects with the mouse, then click the arrow next to the Group icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to combine several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously combined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously combined objects is selected. Arrange several objects To arrange the selected object or several objects (e.g. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "Use Math AutoCorrect", + "body": "When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Spreadsheet Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell checking -> Proofing section. Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", "title": "Merge cells", - "body": "You can merge two or more adjacent cells into one cell. To do that, select two cells or a range of cells with the mouse, Note: the selected cells MUST be adjacent. click the Merge icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options: Note: only the data in the upper-left cell of the selected range will remain in the merged cell. Data in other cells of the selected range will be deleted. if you select the Merge & Center option the cells of the selected range will be merged and the data in the merged cell will be centered; if you select the Merge Across option the cells of each row of the selected range will be merged and the data in the merged cells will be aligned by the left side (for text) or by the right side (for numeric values); if you select the Merge Cells option the cells of the selected range will be merged and the data will be aligned by the left side (for text) or by the right side (for numeric values). To split the previously merged cell use the Unmerge Cells option from the Merge drop-down list. The data of the merged cell will be displayed in the upper-left cell." + "body": "You can merge two or more adjacent cells into one cell. To do that, select two cells or a cell range with the mouse, Note: the selected cells MUST be adjacent. click the Merge icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options: Note: only the data in the upper-left cell of the selected range will remain in the merged cell. Data in other cells of the selected range will be deleted. if you select the Merge & Center option the cells of the selected range will be merged, and the data in the merged cell will be centered; if you select the Merge Across option the cells of each row of the selected range will be merged, and the data in the merged cells will be aligned to the left side (for text) or to the right side (for numeric values); if you select the Merge Cells option the cells of the selected range will be merged and the data will be aligned to the left side (for text) or to the right side (for numeric values). To split the previously merged cell, use the Unmerge Cells option from the Merge drop-down list. The data of the merged cell will be displayed in the upper left cell." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one", - "body": "To create a new spreadsheet In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Spreadsheet menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the spreadsheet to (XLSX, Spreadsheet template (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing document In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar, choose the necessary spreadsheet from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary spreadsheet in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open spreadsheets by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited spreadsheet In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the spreadsheet you need from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar, choose the spreadsheet you need from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." + "body": "To create a new spreadsheet In the online editor click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Spreadsheet menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the location of the file, specify its name, choose the required format (XLSX, Spreadsheet template (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing document In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item on the left sidebar, choose the necessary spreadsheet from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary spreadsheet in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the required application from the menu. If documents are associated with the required application, you can also open spreadsheets by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited spreadsheet In the online editor click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the required spreadsheet from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item on the left sidebar, choose the required spreadsheet from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder, where the file is stored , in a new browser tab in the online version or in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", - "title": "Edit pivot tables", - "body": "Note: this option is available in the online version only. You can change the appearance of existing pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the editing tools available at the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools at the top toolbar. The Select button allows to select the entire pivot table. The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Row Headers - allows to highlight the row headers with a special formatting. Column Headers - allows to highlight the column headers with a special formatting. Banded Rows - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Banded Columns - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled." + "title": "Create and edit pivot tables", + "body": "Pivot tables allow you to group and arrange data of large data sets to get summarized information. You can reorganize data in many different ways to display only the necessary information and focus on important aspects. Create a new pivot table To create a pivot table, Prepare the source data set you want to use for creating a pivot table. It should include column headers. The data set should not contain empty rows or columns. Select any cell within the source data range. Switch to the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert Table icon. If you want to create a pivot table on the base of a formatted table, you can also use the Insert pivot table option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. The Create Pivot Table window will appear. The Source data range is already specified. In this case, all data from the source data range will be used. If you want to change the data range (e.g. to include only a part of source data), click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range on the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Specify where you want to place the pivot table. The New worksheet option is selected by default. It allows you to place the pivot table in a new worksheet. You can also select the Existing worksheet option and choose a certain cell. In this case, the selected cell will be the upper right cell of the created pivot table. To select a cell, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the cell address in the following format: Sheet1!$G$2. You can also click the necessary cell in the sheet. When ready, click OK. When you select the pivot table location, click OK in the Create Table window. An empty pivot table will be inserted in the selected location. The Pivot table settings tab on the right sidebar will be opened. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon. Select fields to display The Select Fields section contains the fields named according to the column headers in your source data set. Each field contains values from the corresponding column of the source table. The following four sections are available below: Filters, Columns, Rows and Values. Check the fields you want to display in the pivot table. When you check a field, it will be added to one of the available sections on the right sidebar depending on the data type and will be displayed in the pivot table. Fields containing text values will be added to the Rows section; fields containing numeric values will be added to the Values section. You can simply drag fields to the necessary section as well as drag the fields between sections to quickly reorganize your pivot table. To remove a field from the current section, drag it out of this section. In order to add a field to the necessary section, it's also possible to click the black arrow to the right of a field in the Select Fields section and choose the necessary option from the menu: Add to Filters, Add to Rows, Add to Columns, Add to Values. Below you can see some examples of using the Filters, Columns, Rows and Values sections. If you add a field to the Filters section, a separate filter will be added above the pivot table. It will be applied to the entire pivot table. If you click the drop-down arrow in the added filter, you'll see the values from the selected field. When you uncheck some values in the filter option window and click OK, the unchecked values will not be displayed in the pivot table. If you add a field to the Columns section, the pivot table will contain a number of columns equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total column will also be added. If you add a field to the Rows section, the pivot table will contain a number of rows equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total row will also be added. If you add a field to the Values section, the pivot table will display the summation value for all numeric values from the selected field. If the field contains text values, the count of values will be displayed. The function used to calculate the summation value can be changed in the field settings. Rearrange fields and adjust their properties Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows or Values sections to access the field context menu. It allows you to: Move the selected field Up, Down, to the Beginning, or to the End of the current section if you have added more than one field to the current section. Move the selected field to a different section - to Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values. The option that corresponds to the current section will be disabled. Remove the selected field from the current section. Adjust the selected field settings. The Filters, Columns and Rows field settings look similarly: The Layout tab contains the following options: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Report Form section allows you to change the way the selected field is displayed in the pivot table: Choose the necessary layout for the selected field in the pivot table: The Tabular form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. The Outline form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. The Compact form displays items from different row section fields in a single column. The Repeat items labels at each row option allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Insert blank rows after each item option allows you to add blank lines after items of the selected field. The Show subtotals option allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals for the selected field. You can select one of the options: Show at top of group or Show at bottom of group. The Show items with no data option allows you to show or hide blank items in the selected field. The Subtotals tab allows you to choose Functions for Subtotals. Check the necessary functions in the list: Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Values field settings The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Summarize value field by list allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product. Change the appearance of pivot tables You can use options available on the top toolbar to adjust the way your pivot table is displayed. These options are applied to the entire pivot table. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The Report Layout drop-down list allows you to choose the necessary layout for your pivot table: Show in Compact Form - allows you to display items from different row section fields in a single column. Show in Outline Form - allows you to display the pivot table in the classic pivot table style. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. Show in Tabular Form - allows you to display the pivot table in a traditional table format. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. Don't Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to hide item labels if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Blank Rows drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display blank lines after items: Insert Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to add blank lines after items. Remove Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to remove the added blank lines. The Subtotals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals in the pivot table: Don't Show Subtotals - allows you to hide subtotals for all items. Show all Subtotals at Bottom of Group - allows you to display subtotals below the subtotaled rows. Show all Subtotals at Top of Group - allows you to display subtotals above the subtotaled rows. The Grand Totals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table: Off for Rows and Columns - allows you to hide grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows and Columns - allows you to display grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows Only - allows you to display grand totals for rows only. On for Columns Only - allows you to display grand totals for columns only. Note: the similar settings are also available in the pivot table advanced settings window in the Grand Totals section of the Name and Layout tab. The Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table. If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh button to update the pivot table. Change the style of pivot tables You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Row Headers - allows you to highlight the row headers with special formatting. Column Headers - allows you to highlight the column headers with special formatting. Banded Rows - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Banded Columns - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled. Filter and sort pivot tables You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters. Filtering Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open: Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display or filter the data by certain criteria. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. Note: the (blank) check box corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria You can choose either the Label filter or the Value filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Label filter the following options are available: For texts: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain.... For numbers: Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between. For the Value filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between, Top 10. After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10), the Label/Value Filter window will open. The corresponding field and criterion will be selected in the first and second drop-down lists. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Value filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item or Percent. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied. Sorting You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu. The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort. Adjust pivot table advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Name and Layout tab allows you to change the pivot table common properties. The Name option allows you to change the pivot table name. The Grand Totals section allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table. The Show for rows and Show for columns options are checked by default. You can uncheck either one of them or both these options to hide the corresponding grand totals from your pivot table. Note: the similar settings are available on the top toolbar in the Grand Totals menu. The Display fields in report filter area section allows you to adjust the report filters which appear when you add fields to the Filters section: The Down, then over option is used for column arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the column. The Over, then down option is used for row arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the row. The Report filter fields per column option allows you to select the number of filters to go in each column. The default value is set to 0. You can set the necessary numeric value. The Field Headers section allows you to choose if you want to display field headers in your pivot table. The Show field headers for rows and columns option is selected by default. Uncheck it to hide field headers from your pivot table. The Data Source tab allows you to change the data you wish to use to create the pivot table. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the pivot table contains. Delete a pivot table To delete a pivot table, Select the entire pivot table using the Select button on the top toolbar. Press the Delete key." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", + "title": "Remove duplicates", + "body": "You can remove duplicate values from the selected data range or a formatted table. To remove duplicates: Select the necessary cell range containing duplicate values. Switch to the Data tab and click the Remove Duplicates button on the top toolbar. If you want to remove duplicates from a formatted table, you can also use the Remove duplicates option on the right sidebar. If you select a certain part of the data range, a warning window will appear where you will be asked if you want to expand the selection to include the entire data range or proceed with the currently selected data. Click the Expand or Remove in selected button. If you choose the Remove in selected option, duplicate values in cells adjacent to the selected range will not be removed. The Remove Duplicates window will open: Check the necessary options in the Remove Duplicates window: My data has headers - check this box to exclude column headers from the selection. Columns - leave the Select All option selected by default or uncheck it and select the necessary columns only. Click the OK button. The duplicate values from the selected data range will be removed, and you will see the window that contains the information on how many duplicate values have been removed and how many unique values have been left: If you want to restore the removed data right after deletion, use the Undo icon on the top toolbar or the Ctrl+Z key combination." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/print/download your spreadsheet", - "body": "Saving By default, online Spreadsheet Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current spreadsheet manually in the current format and location, click the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the spreadsheet with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Spreadsheet template (XLTX or OTS) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting spreadsheet onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Note: if you select the CSV format, all features (font formatting, formulas etc.) except the plain text will not be preserved in the CSV file. If you continue saving, the Choose CSV Options window will open. By default, Unicode (UTF-8) is used as the Encoding type. The default Delimiter is comma (,), but the following options are also available: semicolon (;), colon (:), Tab, Space and Other (this option allows you to set a custom delimiter character). Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current spreadsheet, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. The Print Settings window will open, where you can change the default print settings. Click the Show Details button at the bottom of the window to display all the parameters. Note: you can also adjust the print settings on the Advanced Settings... page: click the File tab of the top toolbar and follow Advanced Settings... >> Page Settings. Some of these settings (page Margins, Orientation, Size, Print Area as well as Scale to Fit) are also available at the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Here you can adjust the following parameters: Print Range - specify what to print: the whole Current Sheet, All Sheets of your spreadsheet or previously selected range of cells (Selection), If you previously set a constant print area but want to print the entire sheet, check the Ignore Print Area box. Sheet Settings - specify individual print settings for each separate sheet, if you have selected the All Sheets option in the Print Range drop-down list, Page Size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list, Page Orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally, Scaling - if you do not want some columns or rows to be printed on a second page, you can shrink sheet contents to fit it on one page selecting the corresponding option: Fit Sheet on One Page, Fit All Columns on One Page or Fit All Rows on One Page. Leave the Actual Size option to print the sheet without adjusting. If you choose the Custom Options item from the menu, the Scale Settings window opens: Fit To: allows to select the necessary number of pages you want to fit the printed worksheet to. Select the necessary number of pages from the Width and Height lists. Scale To: allows to enlarge or reduce the scale of the worksheet to fit printed pages by manually specifying the percentage of normal size. Margins - specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields, Print - specify the worksheet elements to print checking the corresponding boxes: Print Gridlines and Print Row and Column Headings. In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing. Setting up a print area If you want to print a selected cell range only instead of an entire worksheet, you can use the Selection option from the Print Range drop-down list. When the workbook is saved, this setting is not saved, it is intended for single use. If a cell range should be printed frequently, you can set a constant print area on the worksheet. When the workbook is saved, the print area is also saved, it can be used when you open the spreadsheet next time. It's also possible to set several constant print areas on a sheet, in this case each area will be printed on a separate page. To set a print area: select the necessary cell range on the worksheet. To select multiple cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Set Print Area option. The created print area is saved when the workbook is saved. When you open the file next time, the specified print area will be printed. Note: when you create a print area, a Print_Area named range is also automatically created, which is displayed in the Name Manager. To highlight the borders of all the print areas on the current worksheet, you can click the arrow in the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and select the Print_Area name from the name list. To add cells to a print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, select the necessary cell range on the worksheet, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Add to Print Area option. A new print area will be added. Each print area will be printed on a separate page. To remove a print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Clear Print Area option. All the existing print areas on this sheet will be removed. Then the entire sheet will be printed." + "body": "Saving By default, the online Spreadsheet Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you are working on it preventing your data from loss if the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current spreadsheet manually in the current format and location, click the Save icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss if the program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the spreadsheet with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Spreadsheet template (XLTX or OTS) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting spreadsheet onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Note: if you select the CSV format, all features (font formatting, formulas etc.) except the plain text will not be preserved in the CSV file. If you continue saving, the Choose CSV Options window will open. By default, Unicode (UTF-8) is used as the Encoding type. The default Delimiter is comma (,), but the following options are also available: semicolon (;), colon (:), Tab, Space and Other (this option allows you to set a custom delimiter character). Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current spreadsheet, click the Print icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. The Print Settings window will open, and you will be able to change the default print settings. Click the Show Details button at the bottom of the window to display all the parameters. Note: you can also adjust the print settings on the Advanced Settings... page: click the File tab of the top toolbar and follow Advanced Settings... >> Page Settings. Some of these settings (page Margins, Orientation, Size, Print Area as well as Scale to Fit) are also available on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Here you can adjust the following parameters: Print Range - specify what to print: the whole Current Sheet, All Sheets of your spreadsheet or previously selected range of cells (Selection), If you previously set a constant print area but want to print the entire sheet, check the Ignore Print Area box. Sheet Settings - specify individual print settings for each separate sheet, if you have selected the All Sheets option in the Print Range drop-down list, Page Size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list, Page Orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally, Scaling - if you do not want some columns or rows to be printed on the second page, you can shrink sheet contents to fit it on one page by selecting the corresponding option: Fit Sheet on One Page, Fit All Columns on One Page or Fit All Rows on One Page. Leave the Actual Size option to print the sheet without adjusting. If you choose the Custom Options item from the menu, the Scale Settings window will open: Fit To: allows you to select the necessary number of pages you want to fit the printed worksheet to. Select the necessary number of pages from the Width and Height lists. Scale To: allows you to enlarge or reduce the scale of the worksheet to fit printed pages by manually specifying the percentage of normal size. Print titles - if you want to print row or column titles on every page, use Repeat rows at top or Repeat columns at left and select one of the available options from the drop-down list: repeat elements in the selected range, maintain frozen rows, repeat the first row/column only. Margins - specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields, Print - specify the worksheet elements to print by checking the corresponding boxes: Print Gridlines and Print Row and Column Headings. In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing. Setting up the print area If you want to print the selected cell range only instead of the entire worksheet, you can use the Selection option from the Print Range drop-down list. When the workbook is saved, this setting is not saved, it is intended for single use. If a cell range should be printed frequently, you can set a constant print area on the worksheet. When the workbook is saved, the print area is also saved, it can be used when you open the spreadsheet next time. It's also possible to set several constant print areas in a sheet, in this case each area will be printed on a separate page. To set the print area: select the necessary cell range on the worksheet. To select multiple cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Set Print Area option. The created print area is saved when the workbook is saved. When you open the file next time, the specified print area will be printed. Note: when you create a print area, a Print_Area named range is also automatically created, which is displayed in the Name Manager. To highlight the borders of all the print areas on the current worksheet, you can click the arrow in the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and select the Print_Area name from the name list. To add cells to the print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, select the necessary cell range on the worksheet, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Add to Print Area option. A new print area will be added. Each print area will be printed on a separate page. To remove the print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Clear Print Area option. All the existing print areas in this sheet will be removed. Then the entire sheet will be printed." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", "title": "Scale a worksheet", - "body": "If you want to fit in an entire spreadsheet on one page to print, you may use the Scale to Fit function. This function helps scale data on a designated number of pages. To do so, follow these simple steps: on the top toolbar, enter the Layout tab and select the Scale to fit function, in the Height section select 1 page and set Width on Auto to print all sheets on one page. The scale value will be changed automatically. This value is displayed in the Scale section; you can also change the scale value manually. To do this, set the Height and Width parameters on Auto and use the «+» and «-» buttons to change the scale of the worksheet. The borders of the printing page will be covered with dashed lines on the spreadsheet, on the File tab, click Print, or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl + P and in the following window adjust the print settings. For example, if there are many columns on a sheet, it might be useful to change the Page Orientation to Portrait. Or print a pre-selected range of cells. Find out more about print settings in this article. Note: keep in mind, however, that the printout may be difficult to read because the editor shrinks the data to fit." + "body": "If you want to fit an entire spreadsheet on one page to print it, you can use the Scale to Fit function. This function helps scale data on the specified number of pages. To do so, follow these simple steps: on the top toolbar, enter the Layout tab and select the Scale to fit function, in the Height section select 1 page and set Width on Auto to print all sheets on one page. The scale value will be changed automatically. This value is displayed in the Scale section; you can also change the scale value manually. To do this, set the Height and Width parameters to Auto and use the «+» and «-» buttons to change the scale of the worksheet. The borders of the printing page will be covered with dashed lines in the spreadsheet, on the File tab, click Print, or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl + P and adjust the print settings in the opened window. For example, if there are many columns in a sheet, it might be useful to change the Page Orientation to Portrait. Or print the pre-selected cell range. Find out more about the print settings in this article. Note: keep in mind, however, that the printout may be difficult to read because the editor shrinks the data to fit." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", + "title": "Create slicers for formatted tables", + "body": "Create a new slicer Once you create a new formatted table, you can create slicers to quickly filter the data. To do that, select at least one cell within the formatted table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. click the Insert slicer option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. Alternatively, you can switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Slicer button. The Insert Slicers window will be opened: check the required columns in the Insert Slicers window. click the OK button. A slicer will be added for each of the selected columns. If you add several slicers, they will overlap each other. Once the slicer is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings. A slicer contains buttons that you can click to filter the formatted table. The buttons corresponding to empty cells are marked with the (blank) label. When you click a slicer button, other buttons will be unselected, and the corresponding column in the source table will be filtered to only display the selected item: If you have added several slicers, the changes made in one slicer can affect the items from another slicer. When one or more filters are applied to a slicer, items with no data can appear in a different slicer (with a lighter color): You can adjust the way to display items with no data in the slicer settings. To select multiple slicer buttons, use the Multi-Select icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+S. Select necessary slicer buttons clicking them one by one. To clear the slicer filter, use the Clear Filter icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+C. Edit slicers Some of the slicer settings can be changed using the Slicer settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select the slicer with the mouse. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon on the right. Change the slicer size and position The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio. The Position section allows you to change the Horizontal and/or Vertical slicer position. The Disable resizing or moving option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized. When this option is checked, the Width, Height, Position and Buttons options are disabled. Change the slicer layout and style The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Width and Height of the buttons. By default, a slicer contains one column. If your items contain short text, you can change the column number to 2 or more: If you increase the button width, the slicer width will change correspondingly. If you increase the button height, the scroll bar will be added to the slicer: The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles. Apply sorting and filtering parameters Ascending (A to Z) is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending (Z to A) is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled. When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options: The Visually indicate items with no data option allows you to display items with no data with different formatting (with a lighter color). If you uncheck this options, all items will be displayed with the same formatting. The Show items with no data last option allows you to display items with no data at the end of the list. If you uncheck this options, all items will be displayed in the same order like in the source table. Adjust advanced slicer settings To change the advanced slicer properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Slicer - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Style & Size tab contains the following parameters: The Header option allows you to change the slicer header. Uncheck the Display header option if you do not want to display the slicer header. The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles. The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio. The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Height of the buttons. The Sorting & Filtering tab contains the following parameters: Ascending (A to Z) is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending (Z to A) is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled. When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options: The Visually indicate items with no data option allows you to display items with no data with different formatting (with a lighter color). The Show items with no data last option allows you to display items with no data at the end of the list. The References tab contains the following parameters: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Name to use in formulas option allows you to view the slicer name which is displayed in the Name manager. The Name option allows you to set a custom name for a slicer to make it more meaningful and understandable. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the slicer to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the slicer will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the slicer will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the slicer to the cell behind it preventing the slicer from being resized. If the cell moves, the slicer will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the slicer dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the slicer contains. Delete a slicer To delete a slicer, Select the slicer by clicking it. Press the Delete key." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", "title": "Sort and filter data", - "body": "Sort Data You can quickly sort your data in a spreadsheet using one of the available options: Ascending is used to sort your data in ascending order - A to Z alphabetically or smallest to largest for numerical data. Descending is used to sort your data in descending order - Z to A alphabetically or largest to smallest for numerical data. Note: the Sort options are accessible from both Home and Data tab. To sort your data, select a range of cells you wish to sort (you can select a single cell in a range to sort the entire range), click the Sort ascending icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar to sort your data in ascending order, OR click the Sort descending icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar to sort your data in descending order. Note: if you select a single column/row within a cell range or a part of the column/row, you will be asked if you want to expand the selection to include adjacent cells or sort the selected data only. You can also sort your data using the contextual menu options. Right-click the selected range of cells, select the Sort option from the menu and then select Ascending or Descending option from the submenu. It's also possible to sort the data by a color using the contextual menu: right-click a cell containing the color you want to sort your data by, select the Sort option from the menu, select the necessary option from the submenu: Selected Cell Color on top - to display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Selected Font Color on top - to display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. Filter Data To display only the rows that meet certain criteria and hide other ones, make use of the Filter option. Note: the Filter options are accessible from both Home and Data tab. To enable a filter, Select a range of cells containing data to filter (you can select a single cell in a range to filter the entire range), Click the Filter icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The drop-down arrow will appear in the first cell of each column of the selected cell range. It means that the filter is enabled. To apply a filter, Click the drop-down arrow . The Filter option list will open: Note: you can adjust the filter window size by dragging its right border to the right or to the left to display the data as convenient as possible. Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following three ways: select the data to display, filter data by certain criteria or filter data by color. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience all the data wintin the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. The number of unique values in the filtered range is displayed to the right of each value within the filter window. Note: the {Blanks} check box corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected range of cells contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will also be available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows to select all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria Depending on the data contained in the selected column, you can choose either the Number filter or the Text filter option in the right part of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Number filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Top 10, Above Average, Below Average, Custom Filter.... For the Text filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain..., Custom Filter.... After you select one of the above options (apart from the Top 10 and Above/Below Average ones), the Custom Filter window will open. The corresponding criterion will be selected in the upper drop-down list. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. To add one more criterion, use the And radiobutton if you need the data to satisfy both criteria or click the Or radiobutton if either or both criteria can be satisfied. Then select the second criterion from the lower drop-down list and enter the necessary value on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Custom Filter... option from the Number/Text filter option list, the first criterion is not selected automatically, you can set it yourself. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Number filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows to choose if you wish to display the highest (Top) or lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows to specify how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows to set units of measure: Item or Percent. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Above/Below Average option from the Number filter option list, the filter will be applied right now. Filter data by color If the cell range you want to filter contains some cells you have formatted changing their background or font color (manually or using predefined styles), you can use one of the following options: Filter by cells color - to display only the entries with a certain cell background color and hide other ones, Filter by font color - to display only the entries with a certain cell font color and hide other ones. When you select the necessary option, a palette that contains colors used in the selected cell range will open. Choose one of the colors to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the first cell of the column. It means that the filter is applied. The number of filtered records will be displayed at the status bar (e.g. 25 of 80 records filtered). Note: when the filter is applied, the rows that are filtered out cannot be modified when autofilling, formatting, deleting the visible contents. Such actions affect the visible rows only, the rows that are hidden by the filter remain unchanged. When copying and pasting the filtered data, only visible rows can be copied and pasted. This is not equivalent to manually hidden rows which are affected by all similar actions. Sort filtered data You can set the sorting order of the data you have enabled or applied filter for. Click the drop-down arrow or the Filter button and select one of the options in the Filter option list: Sort Lowest to Highest - allows to sort your data in ascending order, displaying the lowest value on the top of the column, Sort Highest to Lowest - allows to sort your data in descending order, displaying the highest value on the top of the column, Sort by cells color - allows to select one of the colors and display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Sort by font color - allows to select one of the colors and display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. The latter two options can be used if the cell range you want to sort contains some cells you have formatted changing their background or font color (manually or using predefined styles). The sorting direction will be indicated by an arrow in the filter buttons. if the data is sorted in ascending order, the drop-down arrow in the first cell of the column looks like this: and the Filter button looks the following way: . if the data is sorted in descending order, the drop-down arrow in the first cell of the column looks like this: and the Filter button looks the following way: . You can also quickly sort the data by a color using the contextual menu options: right-click a cell containing the color you want to sort your data by, select the Sort option from the menu, select the necessary option from the submenu: Selected Cell Color on top - to display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Selected Font Color on top - to display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. Filter by the selected cell contents You can also quickly filter your data by the selected cell contents using the contextual menu options. Right-click a cell, select the Filter option from the menu and then select one of the available options: Filter by Selected cell's value - to display only the entries with the same value as the selected cell contains. Filter by cell's color - to display only the entries with the same cell background color as the selected cell has. Filter by font color - to display only the entries with the same cell font color as the selected cell has. Format as Table Template To facilitate the work with your data Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to a selected cell range automatically enabling the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. select the template you need in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window check the range of cells to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected range of cells, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected range of cells will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button at the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied. Note: once you create a new formatted table, a default name (Table1, Table2 etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work. If you enter a new value in a cell below the table last row (if the table does not have the Total row) or in a cell to the right of the table last column, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the button that appears and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu. Some of the table settings can be altered using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that opens if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - allows to display the header row. Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Filter button - allows to display the drop-down arrows in the header row cells. This option is only available when the Header option is selected. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with a special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with a special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: If you want to clear the current table style (background color, borders etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list: The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range on the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, all columns data excluding the header row, or the entire table including the header row. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Convert to range button can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab at the right sidebar will be unavailable. To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table. Reapply Filter If the filtered data has been changed, you can refresh the filter to display an up-to-date result: click the Filter button in the first cell of the column that contains the filtered data, select the Reapply option in the Filter option list that opens. You can also right-click a cell within the column that contains the filtered data and select the Reapply option from the contextual menu. Clear Filter To clear the filter, click the Filter button in the first cell of the column that contains the filtered data, select the Clear option in the Filter option list that opens. You can also proceed in the following way: select the range of cells containing the filtered data, click the Clear filter icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The filter will remain enabled, but all the applied filter parameters will be removed, and the Filter buttons in the first cells of the columns will change into the drop-down arrows . Remove Filter To remove the filter, select the range of cells containing the filtered data, click the Filter icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The filter will be disabled, and the drop-down arrows will disappear from the first cells of the columns. Sort data by several columns/rows To sort data by several columns/rows you can create several sorting levels using the Custom Sort function. select a range of cells you wish to sort (you can select a single cell in a range to sort the entire range), click the Custom Sort icon situated at the Data tab of the top toolbar, the Sort window opens. Sorting by columns is selected by default. To change sort orientation (i.e. sort data by rows instead of columns) click the Options button on the top. The Sort Options window will open: check the My data has headers box, if necessary, choose the necessary Orientation: Sort top to bottom to sort data by columns or Sort left to right to sort data by rows, click OK to apply the changes and close the window. set the first sorting level in the Sort by field: in the Column / Row section, select the first column / row you want to sort, in the Sort on list choose one of the following options: Values, Cell color, or Font color, in the Order list, specify the necessary sorting order. The available options differ depending on the option chosen in the Sort on list: if the Values option is selected, choose the Ascending / Descending option if the cell range contains numbers or A to Z / Z to A option if the cell range contains text values, if the Cell color option is selected, choose the necessary cell color and select the Top / Below option for columns or Left / Right option for rows, if the Font color option is selected, choose the necessary font color and select the Top / Below option for columns or Left / Right option for rows. add the next sorting level by clicking the Add level button, select the second column / row you want to sort and specify other sorting parameters in the Then by field as described above. If necessary, add more levels in the same way. manage the added levels using the buttons at the top of the window: Delete level, Copy level or change the level order by using the arrow buttons Move the level up / Move the level down, click OK to apply the changes and close the window. The data will be sorted according to the specified sorting levels." + "body": "Sort Data You can quickly sort the data in a spreadsheet using one of the following options: Ascending is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. Note: the Sort options are accessible from both Home and Data tab. To sort the data, select a cell range you wish to sort (you can select a single cell in a range to sort the entire range), click the Sort ascending icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar to sort the data in ascending order, OR click the Sort descending icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar to sort the data in descending order. Note: if you select a single column/row within a cell range or a part of the column/row, you will be asked if you want to expand the selection to include adjacent cells or sort the selected data only. You can also sort your data using the contextual menu options. Right-click the selected range of cells, select the Sort option from the menu and then select Ascending or Descending option from the submenu. It's also possible to sort the data by color using the contextual menu: right-click a cell containing the color by which you want to sort the data, select the Sort option from the menu, select the necessary option from the submenu: Selected Cell Color on top - to display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Selected Font Color on top - to display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. Filter Data To display only the rows that meet certain criteria and hide other ones, make use of the Filter option. Note: the Filter options are accessible from both Home and Data tab. To enable a filter, Select a cell range containing data to filter (you can select a single cell in a range to filter the entire range), Click the Filter icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The drop-down arrow will appear in the first cell of each column of the selected cell range. It means that the filter is enabled. To apply a filter, Click the drop-down arrow . The Filter option list will open: Note: you can adjust the size of the filter window by dragging its right border to the right or to the left to display the data as convenient as possible. Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display, filter the data by certain criteria or filter data by color. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. The number of unique values in the filtered range is displayed to the right of each value within the filter window. Note: the {Blanks} check box corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria Depending on the data in the selected column, you can choose either the Number filter or the Text filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Number filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Top 10, Above Average, Below Average, Custom Filter.... For the Text filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain..., Custom Filter.... After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10 and Above/Below Average), the Custom Filter window will open. The corresponding criterion will be selected in the upper drop-down list. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. To add one more criterion, use the And radiobutton if you need the data to satisfy both criteria or click the Or radiobutton if either or both criteria can be satisfied. Then select the second criterion from the lower drop-down list and enter the necessary value on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Custom Filter... option from the Number/Text filter option list, the first criterion is not selected automatically, you can set it yourself. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Number filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item or Percent. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Above/Below Average option from the Number filter option list, the filter will be applied right now. Filter data by color If the cell range you want to filter contains some cells you have formatted changing their background or font color (manually or using predefined styles), you can use one of the following options: Filter by cells color - to display only the entries with a certain cell background color and hide other ones, Filter by font color - to display only the entries with a certain cell font color and hide other ones. When you select the necessary option, a palette that contains colors used in the selected cell range will open. Choose one of the colors to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the first cell of the column. It means that the filter is applied. The number of filtered records will be displayed at the status bar (e.g. 25 of 80 records filtered). Note: when the filter is applied, the rows that are filtered out cannot be modified when autofilling, formatting, deleting the visible contents. Such actions affect the visible rows only, the rows that are hidden by the filter remain unchanged. When copying and pasting the filtered data, only visible rows can be copied and pasted. This is not equivalent to manually hidden rows which are affected by all similar actions. Sort filtered data You can set the sorting order of the data you have enabled or applied filter for. Click the drop-down arrow or the Filter button and select one of the options in the Filter option list: Sort Lowest to Highest - allows sorting the data in ascending order, displaying the lowest value on the top of the column, Sort Highest to Lowest - allows sorting the data in descending order, displaying the highest value on the top of the column, Sort by cells color - allows selecting one of the colors and displaying the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Sort by font color - allows selecting one of the colors and displaying the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. The latter two options can be used if the cell range you want to sort contains some cells you have formatted changing their background or font color (manually or using predefined styles). The sorting direction will be indicated by an arrow in the filter buttons. if the data is sorted in ascending order, the drop-down arrow in the first cell of the column looks like this: and the Filter button looks the following way: . if the data is sorted in descending order, the drop-down arrow in the first cell of the column looks like this: and the Filter button looks the following way: . You can also quickly sort the data by color using the contextual menu options: right-click a cell containing the color by which you want to sort the data, select the Sort option from the menu, select the necessary option from the submenu: Selected Cell Color on top - to display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Selected Font Color on top - to display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. Filter by the selected cell contents You can also quickly filter your data by the selected cell contents using the contextual menu options. Right-click a cell, select the Filter option from the menu and then select one of the available options: Filter by Selected cell's value - to display only the entries with the same value as the selected cell contains. Filter by cell's color - to display only the entries with the same cell background color as the selected cell has. Filter by font color - to display only the entries with the same cell font color as the selected cell has. Format as Table Template To facilitate your work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to a selected cell range automatically enabling the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. select the required template in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window check the cell range to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. To learn more on working with formatted tables, please refer to this page. Reapply Filter If the filtered data has been changed, you can refresh the filter to display an up-to-date result: click the Filter button in the first cell of the column that contains the filtered data, select the Reapply option in the opened Filter option list. You can also right-click a cell within the column that contains the filtered data and select the Reapply option from the contextual menu. Clear Filter To clear the filter, click the Filter button in the first cell of the column that contains the filtered data, select the Clear option in the opened Filter option list. You can also proceed in the following way: select the range of cells containing the filtered data, click the Clear filter icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The filter will remain enabled, but all the applied filter parameters will be removed, and the Filter buttons in the first cells of the columns will change into the drop-down arrows . Remove Filter To remove the filter, select the range of cells containing the filtered data, click the Filter icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The filter will be disabled, and the drop-down arrows will disappear from the first cells of the columns. Sort data by several columns/rows To sort data by several columns/rows you can create several sorting levels using the Custom Sort function. select a cell range you wish to sort (you can select a single cell to sort the entire range), click the Custom Sort icon situated on the Data tab of the top toolbar, the Sort window will appear. Sorting by columns is selected by default. To change the sorting orientation (i.e. sorting data by rows instead of columns), click the Options button on the top. The Sort Options window will open: check the My data has headers box, if necessary, choose the necessary Orientation: Sort top to bottom to sort data by columns or Sort left to right to sort data by rows, click OK to apply the changes and close the window. set the first sorting level in the Sort by field: in the Column / Row section, select the first column / row you want to sort, in the Sort on list choose one of the following options: Values, Cell color, or Font color, in the Order list, specify the necessary sorting order. The available options differ depending on the option chosen in the Sort on list: if the Values option is selected, choose the Ascending / Descending option if the cell range contains numbers or A to Z / Z to A option if the cell range contains text values, if the Cell color option is selected, choose the necessary cell color and select the Top / Below option for columns or Left / Right option for rows, if the Font color option is selected, choose the necessary font color and select the Top / Below option for columns or Left / Right option for rows. add the next sorting level by clicking the Add level button, select the second column / row you want to sort and specify other sorting parameters in the Then by field as described above. If necessary, add more levels in the same way. manage the added levels using the buttons at the top of the window: Delete level, Copy level or change the level order by using the arrow buttons Move the level up / Move the level down, click OK to apply the changes and close the window. The data will be sorted according to the specified sorting levels." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "title": "Undo/redo your actions", - "body": "To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at the left part of the editor header: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. The undo/redo operations can be also performed using the Keyboard Shortcuts. Note: when you co-edit a spreadsheet in the Fast mode, the possibility to Undo/Redo the last operation is not available." + "body": "To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons on the left side of the editor header: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. The undo/redo operations can be also performed using the Keyboard Shortcuts. Note: when you co-edit a spreadsheet in the Fast mode, the possibility to Undo/Redo the last operation is not available." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "title": "Use named ranges", - "body": "Names are meaningful notations that can be assigned for a cell or cell range and used to simplify working with formulas. Creating a formula, you can insert a name as its argument instead of using a reference to a cell range. For example, if you assign the Annual_Income name for a cell range, it will be possible to enter =SUM(Annual_Income) instead of =SUM(B1:B12). In such a form, formulas become clearer. This feature can also be useful in case a lot of formulas are referred to one and the same cell range. If the range address is changed, you can make the correction once using the Name Manager instead of editing all the formulas one by one. There are two types of names that can be used: Defined name – an arbitrary name that you can specify for a certain cell range. Defined names also include the names created automatically when setting up print areas. Table name – a default name that is automatically assigned to a new formatted table (Table1, Table2 etc.). You can edit such a name later. Names are also classified by Scope, i.e. the location where a name is recognized. A name can be scoped to the whole workbook (it will be recognized for any worksheet within this workbook) or to a separate worksheet (it will be recognized for the specified worksheet only). Each name must be unique within a single scope, the same names can be used within different scopes. Create new names To create a new defined name for a selection: Select a cell or cell range you want to assign a name to. Open a new name window in a suitable way: Right-click the selection and choose the Define Name option from the contextual menu, or click the Named ranges icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the New name option from the menu. The New Name window will open: Enter the necessary Name in the text entry field. Note: a name cannot start from a number, contain spaces or punctuation marks. Underscores (_) are allowed. Case does not matter. Specify the name Scope. The Workbook scope is selected by default, but you can specify an individual worksheet selecting it from the list. Check the selected Data Range address. If necessary, you can change it. Click the Select Data button - the Select Data Range window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select a new range on the worksheet with the mouse and click OK. Click OK to save the new name. To quickly create a new name for the selected range of cells, you can also enter the desired name into the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and press Enter. A name created in such a way is scoped to the Workbook. Manage names All the existing names can be accessed via the Name Manager. To open it: click the Named ranges icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu, or click the arrow in the name field and select the Name Manager option. The Name Manager window will open: For your convenience, you can filter the names selecting the name category you want to be displayed: All, Defined names, Table names, Names Scoped to Sheet or Names Scoped to Workbook. The names that belong to the selected category will be displayed in the list, the other names will be hidden. To change the sort order for the displayed list you can click on the Named Ranges or Scope titles in this window. To edit a name, select it in the list and click the Edit button. The Edit Name window will open: For a defined name, you can change the name and the data range it refers to. For a table name, you can change the name only. When all the necessary changes are made, click OK to apply them. To discard the changes, click Cancel. If the edited name is used in a formula, the formula will be automatically changed accordingly. To delete a name, select it in the list and click the Delete button. Note: if you delete the name that is used in a formula, the formula will no longer work (it will return the #NAME? error). You can also create a new name in the Name Manager window by clicking the New button. Use names when working with the spreadsheet To quickly navigate between cell ranges you can click the arrow in the name box and select the necessary name from the name list – the data range that corresponds to this name will be selected on the worksheet. Note: the name list displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To add a name as an argument of a formula: Place the insertion point where you need to add a name. Do one of the following: enter the name of the necessary named range manually using the keyboard. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. You can select the necessary name from the list and insert it into the formula by double-clicking it or pressing the Tab key. or click the Named ranges icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the Paste name option from the menu, choose the necessary name from the Paste Name window and click OK: Note: the Paste Name window displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook." + "body": "Names are meaningful notations that can be assigned to a cell or cell range and used to simplify working with formulas. Creating a formula, you can insert a name as its argument instead of using a reference to a cell range. For example, if you assign the Annual_Income name to a cell range, it will be possible to enter =SUM(Annual_Income) instead of =SUM(B1:B12). Thus, formulas become clearer. This feature can also be useful in case a lot of formulas are referred to one and the same cell range. If the range address is changed, you can make the correction once by using the Name Manager instead of editing all the formulas one by one. There are two types of names that can be used: Defined name – an arbitrary name that you can specify for a certain cell range. Defined names also include the names created automatically when setting up print areas. Table name – a default name that is automatically assigned to a new formatted table (Table1, Table2 etc.). You can edit this name later. If you have created a slicer for a formatted table, an automatically assigned slicer name will also be displayed in the Name Manager (Slicer_Column1, Slicer_Column2 etc. This name consists of the Slicer_ part and the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set). You can edit this name later. Names are also classified by Scope, i.e. the location where a name is recognized. A name can be scoped to the whole workbook (it will be recognized for any worksheet within this workbook) or to a separate worksheet (it will be recognized for the specified worksheet only). Each name must be unique within a single scope, the same names can be used within different scopes. Create new names To create a new defined name for a selection: Select a cell or cell range you want to assign a name to. Open a new name window in a suitable way: Right-click the selection and choose the Define Name option from the contextual menu, or click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Define Name option from the menu. or click the  Named ranges button on the Formula tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu. Choose option New in the opened window. The New Name window will open: Enter the necessary Name in the text entry field. Note: a name cannot start with a number, contain spaces or punctuation marks. Underscores (_) are allowed. Case does not matter. Specify the name Scope. The Workbook scope is selected by default, but you can specify an individual worksheet selecting it from the list. Check the selected Data Range address. If necessary, you can change it. Click the icon - the Select Data Range window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select a new range on the worksheet with the mouse and click OK. Click OK to save the new name. To quickly create a new name for the selected cell range, you can also enter the desired name into the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and press Enter. The name created in such a way is scoped to the Workbook. Manage names All the existing names can be accessed via the Name Manager. To open it: click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu, or click the arrow in the name field and select the Name Manager option. The Name Manager window will open: For your convenience, you can filter the names selecting the name category you want to be displayed: All, Defined names, Table names, Names Scoped to Sheet or Names Scoped to Workbook. The names that belong to the selected category will be displayed in the list, the other names will be hidden. To change the sort order for the displayed list, you can click on the Named Ranges or Scope titles in this window. To edit a name, select it in the list and click the Edit button. The Edit Name window will open: For a defined name, you can change the name and the data range it refers to. For a table name, you can change the name only. When all the necessary changes are made, click OK to apply them. To discard the changes, click Cancel. If the edited name is used in a formula, the formula will be automatically changed accordingly. To delete a name, select it in the list and click the Delete button. Note: if you delete the name that is used in a formula, the formula will no longer work (it will return the #NAME? error). You can also create a new name in the Name Manager window by clicking the New button. Use names when working with the spreadsheet To quickly navigate through cell ranges, you can click the arrow in the name box and select the necessary name from the name list – the data range that corresponds to this name will be selected in the worksheet. Note: the name list displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To add a name as an argument of a formula: Place the insertion point where you need to add a name. Make one of the following steps: enter the name of the necessary named range manually using the keyboard. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. You can select the necessary defined name or table name from the list and insert it into the formula by double-clicking it or pressing the Tab key. or click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the Paste name option from the menu, choose the necessary name from the Paste Name window and click OK: Note: the Paste Name window displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To use a name as an internal hyperlink: Place the insertion point where you need to add a hyperlink. Go to the Insert tab and click the Hyperlink button. In the opened Hyperlink Settings window, select the Internal Data Range tab and define the sheet and the name. Click OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "View file information", - "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited spreadsheet, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Spreadsheet Info option. General Information The spreadsheet information includes a number of the file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the spreadsheet if the spreadsheet has been shared and it can be edited by several users. Application - the application the spreadsheet was created with. Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the spreadsheet title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out, who have rights to view or edit the spreadsheet, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights clicking the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. To close the File pane and return to your spreadsheet, select the Close Menu option." + "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited spreadsheet, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Spreadsheet Info option. General Information The spreadsheet information includes a number of file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow you to simplify the classification of your documents. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the spreadsheet if the spreadsheet has been shared and it can be edited by several users. Application - the application the spreadsheet was created with. Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: The Online Editors allow you to change the spreadsheet title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in the opened window and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions assigned to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out who has the rights to view or edit the spreadsheet, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by clicking the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. To close the File pane and return to your spreadsheet, select the Close Menu option." } ] \ No newline at end of file